Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s):...

264
Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Transcript of Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s):...

Page 1: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Descriptive TechnicalDocumentation- Model-dependent -

DTD no. 22-1622

Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN],HR 1622 [MEX]

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 2: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Contents

General Information

A Warning and Safety Instructions

B Modification History

C Technical Data

D Layout of Electrical Components

Function Groups

001 Cooktop2 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-12.1 Optical Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-12.2 Principle of Induction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-12.3 Suitable Pots. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-12.4 Pot Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-22.5 Pot-Size Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-32.6 Electronics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-32.7 Switch Knobs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-32.8 Cooktop Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-42.9 Power Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-52.10 Power Regulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-62.11 Power Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-72.12 Booster Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-82.13 Residual-Heat Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-102.14 Safety Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-102.15 Safety Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-112.16 Overheat Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-112.17 Auto-Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-122.18 Keep-Warm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-132.19 In-Use Lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-142.20 Fuse Tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-152.21 Appliance Function after a Power Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-162.22 Appliance Function with Heat Buildup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-162.23 Demo Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-17

3 Fault Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-183.1 Fault Code Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-183.2 Fault Code F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-243.3 Fault Code FE30 + Constant Beep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-243.4 Fault Code FE31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-253.5 Fault Code FE32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-263.6 Fault Code FE33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-263.7 Fault Code FE34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-27

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 3: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.8 Fault Code FE35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-283.9 Fault Code FE36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-293.10 Fault Code FE39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-293.11 Fault Code FE40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-303.12 Fault Code FE41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-303.13 Fault Code FE42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-313.14 Fault Code FE44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-313.15 Fault Code FE45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-313.16 Fault Code FE46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-323.17 Fault Code FE47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-323.18 Fault Code FE48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-333.19 Fault Code FE51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-343.20 Fault Code FE52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-353.21 Fault Code FE53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-353.22 Fault Code FE54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-363.23 Fault Code FE60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-373.24 Fault Code FE80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-373.25 Fault Code FE85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-383.26 Fault Code FE86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-383.27 Fault Code FE88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-383.28 Appliance Shuts Itself Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-393.29 Displayed at Switch-On - Appliance Does Not Heat . . . . . . 001-393.30 “0” Displayed Instead of Set Power Level – Burner Does Not

Heat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-403.31 Residual-Heat Indicator Flashes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-413.32 Booster Switches Off Prematurely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-413.33 Burner Switches Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-423.34 Burner Does Not Heat with Set Power Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-423.35 Power Level Drops When a Second Burner is Switched On. . . . 001-433.36 Fuse Track on Filter Electronic (N1-8) Burnt Through . . . . . . . . . 001-433.37 Faulty Cooktop Function after Electronics Replacement. . . . . . . 001-453.38 Cooling Fan Switches Itself On, EvenThough Cooktop is Shut

Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-453.39 Cooling Fan Keeps Running after Cooktop is Shut Off . . . . . . . . 001-463.40 No Appliance Function/Induction Coil Contacts Burnt. . . . . . . . . 001-463.41 No Appliance Function/Induction Coil Charred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-473.42 No Appliance Function; Control/Power Electronic Defective . . . 001-483.43 Pot/Pan Noises. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-483.44 Uneven Browning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-493.45 Auto-Boost Times Too long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-493.46 Power Levels Not Shown or Displayed Uncontrolled. . . . . . . . . . 001-49

4 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-504.1 Service Programming Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-504.2 Demo Mode Activation/Deactivation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-514.3 Ceramic Surface Damage Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-524.4 Auto-Boost Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-524.5 Switch Knob Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-534.6 Switch Knob Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-534.7 Cooktop Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-534.8 Ceramic Surface Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-584.9 Distributor Board (2N1-1) Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-594.10 Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-614.11 Display Electronic (1N1-8) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-624.12 Induction-Coil Mounting Bracket Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-634.13 Cooling Fan (3M2-1/4M2-1) Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-65

Descriptive Technical Documentation2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 4: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.14 Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-664.15 Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-704.16 Cooktop Wiring Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-724.17 Switch Knob Potentiometer (1R32/2R32/3R32/4R32) Removal 001-734.18 Control/Power Electronic: Power Transistor (IGBT) Test. . . . . . . 001-754.19 Control/Power Electronic: Rectifier Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-764.20 Filter Electronic: Voltage Supply Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-784.21 Filter Electronic: PCB Fuse Tracks Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-804.22 Filter Electronic: Filter Electronic and Ribbon Cable Check . . . . 001-824.23 Filter Module/Control/Power Module: Connection Pins (Bridges

L1, L2 and N) Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-854.24 Test/Comparison Noise Development in Pots and Pans. . . . . . . 001-874.25 Heat DistributionTest/Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-874.26 AutoBoost Time Test/Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-874.27 Power Test/Comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-874.28 Pan RecognitionTest/Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 001-88

002 Oven2 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-12.1 Optical Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-12.2 Wireless Roast Probe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-12.2.1 Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-22.2.2 Description of “Wireless Roast Probe” System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-32.2.3 Frequency Transmission/Reception in the “Wireless Roast

Probe” System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-32.2.4 Use of the Wireless Roast Probe Thermometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-42.2.5 Measuring the Core Temperature Using Conventional Methods 002-52.3 Self-Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-62.3.1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-62.3.2 Selecting Self-Clean Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-62.3.3 Selecting a Self-Clean Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-62.3.4 Before Starting Self-Clean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-62.3.5 Starting the Self-Clean Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-72.3.6 Cooling Fan during Self-Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-72.3.7 Convection Fan during Self-Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-82.3.8 Self-Clean Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-82.3.9 End of Self-Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-92.3.10 Self-Clean Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-92.3.11 Self-Clean Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-92.3.12 Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-102.4 Safety Shutoff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-102.5 Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-112.5.1 Heater Element Configurations for Various Operating Modes . . 002-112.5.2 Operating-Mode Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-122.5.3 Heater Configurations for Moisture Plus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-152.5.4 Moisture Plus Operating-Mode Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-162.6 Alternating Convection Broil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-182.7 EPB/EPZ Electronic and EL Electronic Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-182.7.1 EPB/EPZ Electronic and EL Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-182.8 PEC (Protected Electronic Circuit) Safety System. . . . . . . . . . . . 002-202.8.1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-202.8.2 PEC Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-202.8.3 PEC System Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-21

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 5: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3 Fault Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-223.1 F05 – Cavity Temperature Sensor (R30-10) Short-Circuited . . . 002-223.2 F06 – Cavity Temperature Sensor (R30-10) Open-Circuited . . . 002-223.3 F20 – Steam Generator Not Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-233.4 F23 – Self-Clean Heating Fault (Internal Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-243.5 F32 – Door Lock (A2) Not Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-253.6 F33 – Door Lock (A2) Not Opening. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-263.7 F38 – Incompatible Electronic Software Versions (Internal

Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-273.8 F57 – Cooling-Fan Fault (Internal Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-273.9 F60 – ELP Electronic (N1-1) Internal Temperature Exceeded . . 002-283.10 F102 – Faulty Communication via Communications Module . . . 002-283.11 F103 – Communications Module Incompatible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-293.12 F132 – Steam Generator Temperature Limiter (B2-16) Defective

(Internal Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-293.13 F134 – Impermissibly High Temperature Registered (Internal

Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-293.14 F195 – EPI Electronic (N1-6) Communication Faulty (Internal

Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-303.15 F235 – Faulty Communication between EPB/EPZ Electronic

(N1-2) and ELP Electronic (N1-1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-313.16 F241 — Touchpad Communication Fault (Internal Fault) . . . . . . 002-323.17 F260 – Temperature Difference between Cavity Temperature

Sensors (R30-10) (Internal Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-323.18 F263 – Impermissibly High Temperature Registered. . . . . . . . . . 002-333.19 F265 – PEC (Internal Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-353.20 F267 – Temperature Limiter (Internal Fault) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-373.21 F271 – Lift Panel Not Extending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-383.22 F272 – Lift Panel Not Retracting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-383.23 Display is Dark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-383.24 Cooking-Time Signal Tone Missing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-383.25 Minute-Minder Signal Tone Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-393.26 Cooking-Time Signal Tone Too Quiet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-393.27 Minute-Minder Signal Tone Too Quiet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-393.28 Touchpad Tone Missing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-403.29 12-Hour Clock instead of 24-Hour Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-403.30 Wireless Roast Probe Malfunctioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-403.31 “Maximum Operating Time Reached” is Displayed . . . . . . . . . . . 002-413.32 “ ” Symbol Displayed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-413.33 Core Temperature Reached/Middle of Food Overdone or Not

Sufficiently Cooked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-423.34 Main Menu Not Shown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-43

4 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-444.1 Customer Programming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-444.2 Service Programming Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-474.3 Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-504.4 Removing the Appliance for Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-524.5 Heat-Up Time Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-544.6 Loudspeaker (H4) Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-544.7 Cavity Light (1H3-2/2H3-2) Cover Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-564.8 Cavity Light (1H3-2/2H3-2) Light Bulb Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-564.9 Cavity Light (1H3-2/2H3-2) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-564.10 Lift Panel and Drive (A11) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-574.11 EP Electronic (N1-4) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-624.12 EP Electronic (N1-4) Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-63

Descriptive Technical Documentation4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 6: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.13 Control (EPB/EPZ) Electronic (N1-2) with Casing Removal . . . . 002-644.14 EPB/EPZ Electronic (N1-2) Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-684.15 Touchscreen Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-704.16 Touchscreen Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-724.17 EPB/EPZ Electronic (N1-2) Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-744.18 Selection (EW) Electronic (2N1-3) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-764.19 Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-774.20 Roast Probe (EPI) Electronic (N1-6) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-784.21 Rotisserie Motor (M15) Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-794.22 Cavity Temperature Sensor (R30-10) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-794.23 Wireless Roast Probe Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-804.24 Wireless Roast Probe Signal Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-814.25 Wireless Roast Probe Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-824.26 Moving the Lift Panel into the Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-834.27 Terminal Block Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-844.28 Terminal Block Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-874.29 Interference Suppression Capacitor Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-884.30 Switch Knob Base with Circuit Board Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 002-89

003 Oven Casing4 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-14.1 Rear Cover Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-14.2 Outside Rear Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-34.3 Left/Right Side Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-34.4 Inner Left/Right Side Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-54.5 Fascia Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-74.6 Catalyzer Insert (Wire Mesh) Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-94.7 Cavity Seal Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-134.8 Runner Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-144.9 Enameled Cavity Back Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 003-14

004 Oven Door2 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-12.1 Door Lock - Self-Clean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-12.1.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-12.1.2 Door Lock Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-12.1.3 Door Lock Closing Times. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-12.1.4 Door Lock Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-2

3 Fault Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-43.1 Door is Dirty after Self-Clean. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-4

4 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-54.1 Door Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-54.2 Door Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-74.3 Hinge Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-84.4 Guide Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-104.5 Door Inner Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-114.6 Door Inner Panel Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-124.7 Outer Glass Pane Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-134.8 Outer Glass Pane Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-144.9 Inner Glass Pane Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-144.10 Inner Glass Pane Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-154.11 Door Handle Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-164.12 Outer Panel Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-17

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 5

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 7: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.13 Inner Door Seal Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-174.14 Door Lock (A2) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-184.15 Door Lock Switch (S78) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-194.16 Position Switch (S60) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-214.17 Door Contact Switch (S24) with Holder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 004-22

005 Oven Ducting2 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-12.1 Cooling Fan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-12.1.1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-12.1.2 Normal Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-12.1.3 Automatic Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-12.1.4 Self-Clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-12.1.5 Cooldown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-12.1.6 End of Microwave Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-22.1.7 Sabbath Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-22.1.8 Cooling-Fan Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-2

4 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-34.1 Convection Fan Impeller Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-34.2 Convection Fan Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-34.3 Left/Right Cooling Fan Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-44.4 Left/Right Top Air Guide Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-54.5 Cooling-Air Temperature Limiter (F1-7) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-64.6 Release Element (Y56) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 005-6

006 Oven Heating System4 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 006-14.1 Convection Element (1R14/2R14) Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 006-14.2 Top Heater/Broil Element (R13/R15) Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 006-24.3 Bottom Heater Element (R12-1/R12-2) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . 006-3

007 Oven Steam System2 Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-12.1 Moisture Plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-12.1.1 Component Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-12.1.2 Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-22.1.3 Safety Circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-22.1.4 Moisture Plus Program Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-32.1.5 Residual Water Evaporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-42.1.6 Time-Left Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-52.1.7 Power Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-6

4 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-74.1 Steam Generator Fuse (F8-1) and Temperature Limiter (B2-16)

Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-74.2 Water Tank Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-94.3 Steam Generator Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-114.4 Inlet Valve (Y63) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 007-11

Descriptive Technical Documentation6 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 8: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Warning and Safety Instructions

1 General Safety InstructionsService and repair work should only be carried out by suitably qualified persons inaccordance with all appropriate local and national safety regulations.

Servicing, modification, testing and maintenance of electrical appliances shouldonly be carried out in accordance with all appropriate legal requirements, accidentprevention regulations and valid standards. All regulations of the appropriateutility supply companies and standards relating to safety (not limited to electricalsafety) are to be complied with.

Do not work on the appliance while it is carrying voltage. If this becomesunavoidable, as in the process of locating faults, put extra safety measures intoplace.x

Danger!

Even with the machine switched off, power may be applied to somecomponents.

Before starting any service work, the machine must be disconnected from thepower supply.

A general visual check should always be carried out.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 A-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 9: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2 Sharp Edgesx

Danger!

There may be a risk of injury due to sharp edges. Protective gloves and gogglesshould be worn and the edge protection, mat. no. 05057680, should be used.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationA-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 10: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3 Touch Current Measurement

Warning!

Touch current measurement can only be carried out if the appliance's groundwires have been successfully tested! Hazardous voltages can exist in adefective appliance as well as accessible conductive parts that are notconnected to ground!

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 A-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 11: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4 Water Damage from Incorrect Service WorkIncorrect service work can lead to leaks and water damage.

Before servicing the appliance, it must be disconnected from the water supply.

Check the appliance for leaks after service work has been completed.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationA-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 12: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

B Modification Historyx

When? Who? What?

26.11.2014 Katja Bernat, NormanLehnert

Version 1

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 B-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 13: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

C Technical Data

New product labeling (as of 2012)

Old label New label

High-end Prestige

Mid-range Premium

Entry-level Reference

Comfort class Discovery

Table 1: New Product Labeling

Oven cavity sizes (as of 2012)

Speed ovens (BM)

BM 60/S

Built-in ovens

43L/49L 60/M

50L/56L 60/L

66L/76L 60/XL

70cm/60L/86L 70/L

70cm (new) 70/XL

90L/85L 90/XL

30"/92L/100L 30"/L

30" (new) 30"/XL

36" 36"/XL

Table 2: Oven Cavity Sizes (as of 2012)

Range model coding

1 = Model generation

1 = Reference 1 (entrylevel 1), gas

2 = 30" (30”/XL) 1 = HiLight® cooktop G = Natural gas 1)

4 = Reference 1 (entrylevel 1), electric

3 = 36" (36”/XL) 2 = Induction cooktop LP = Liquid gas 1)

6 = Prestige (high-end), electric

5 = 48" (70/XL and 60/S)

4 = Gas cooktop

9 = Prestige (high-end), dual-fuel

5 = Gas cooktop andgrill

6 = Gas cooktop andgriddle

Table 3: Range Model Coding

1) Indicated on data tag

x

Fig. 1: Fascia Panel, Prestige Models

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 C-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 14: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Technical data

Prestige models/Free-standing

ModelHR 1622 [USA]/HR 1622 [CAN]/HR 1622

[MEX]

Illustration see C Fig. 1

Type

Small –

Medium –

Large X

Construction

Construction Free-standing

Dimensions

Niche

Height 351/2”

Width 301/16” +1/16”

Inner dimensions

Height 351/2” – 37”

Width 30”

Depth 261/2”

Weight

Shipping weight 337.3 lbs (153kg)

Electrical connection

Fuse rating A 50

Voltage V 120/240, 120/208

Frequency Hz 60

Features for HR 1622 [USA]/HR 1622 [CAN]/HR 1622 [MEX], see C Table 5.

Table 4: Technical Data, Prestige Models/Free-Standing

1) Values taken from standard EN 50304.

x

Features

Prestige models/Free-standing

ModelHR 1622 [USA]/HR 1622 [CAN]/HR 1622

[MEX]

Illustration C Fig. 1

Display/controls

MTouch (polychromatic clear-textTFT touch display)

X

Operating modes

Descriptive Technical DocumentationC-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 15: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Features

Prestige models/Free-standing

ModelHR 1622 [USA]/HR 1622 [CAN]/HR 1622

[MEX]

Automatic programs X

Auto Roast X

Gentle Bake X

Maxi Broil X

Broil X

Convection Bake X

Intensive X

Moisture Plus X

Surround X

Bake X

Browning X

Convection Broil X

Rotisserie X

Special modes

Dehydrate X

Proof X

Defrost X

Sabbath program X

Reheat X

Warming dishes X

Low-temperature cooking X

Pizza X

Operating functions

Oven controls: electromechanical/electronic

–/X

Date display X

Backup memory with power failure h 200

Favorites X

Crisp function (moisture reduction) X

Power mode –

Demo mode X

Temperature calibration X

Door

CleanGlass door X

Door contact switch X

Easy care

Stainless-steel front withCleanSteel surface

X

AirClean Kat (deactivatable, heatedcatalyzer)

X

Self-clean

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 C-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 16: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Features

Prestige models/Free-standing

ModelHR 1622 [USA]/HR 1622 [CAN]/HR 1622

[MEX]

Self-clean X

3 cleaning levels X

Unheated catalyzer1) –

Self-clean time-left display X

Self-clean memory (selectable) X

Home network connection

RemoteVision X 2)

Optical interface X

Technical data for HR 1622 [USA]/HR 1622 [CAN]/HR 1622 [MEX], see C Table 4.

Table 5: Features, Prestige Models/Free-Standing

1) Self-clean only2) Preconfigured

x

Fig. 2: Cooktop, HR 1622 [USA]/HR 1622 [CAN]/HR 1622 [MEX]

Model HR 1622[USA]/HR1622 [CAN]/HR 1622[MEX]

Illustration C Fig. 2

Cooktop dimensions

Width 30”

Ceramic surface

Color Black

LightPrint printing X

Miele logo (color) Basalt gray

Descriptive Technical DocumentationC-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 17: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Model HR 1622[USA]/HR1622 [CAN]/HR 1622[MEX]

Burners

Quantity 4

Heating

Induction x

HiLight heaters —

Controls

Electromechanical via switch knobs x

Material Diecast zinc

Color Stainless steel

Switch knobs with light ring x

Scale Power levels,keep-warmand Booster

Burner features

with Booster 2

with TwinBooster 2

with Auto-Boost 4

with keep-warm 4

Burner diameters/power2)

Front leftburner Diameter (min. – max.)1) 7.1 – 11”

Power with 208V/60Hz

normal [W] 2350

TwinBooster level 1 [W] 2700

TwinBooster level 2 [W] 3350

Power with 240V/60Hz

normal [W] 2700

TwinBooster level 1 [W] 3100

TwinBooster level 2 [W] 3850

Rear leftburner Diameter (min. – max.)1) 4 – 7”

Power with 208V/60Hz

normal [W] 1250

Booster [W] 2000

Power with 240V/60Hz

normal [W] 1450

Booster [W] 2300

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 C-5

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 18: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Model HR 1622[USA]/HR1622 [CAN]/HR 1622[MEX]

Rear rightburner Diameter (min. – max.)1) 7 – 9”

Power with 208V/60Hz

normal [W] 2100

TwinBooster level 1 [W] 2700

TwinBooster level 2 [W] 3350

Power with 240V/60Hz

normal [W] 2400

TwinBooster level 1 [W] 3100

TwinBooster level 2 [W] 3850

Front rightburner Diameter (min. – max.)1) 51/2 – 8”

Power with 208V/60Hz

normal [W] 1700

Booster [W] 2700

Power with 240V/60Hz

normal [W] 1950

Booster [W] 3100

Electrical connection

Total rated load (208V) [kW] 6.7

Total rated load (240V) [kW] 7.7

Indicators

Cooktop display (4 LCD displays)

Power levels 1 to 9

Missing/unsuitable pan

Residual-heat indicators 3-part with , ,

Auto-Boost A

Keep-warm

Booster/TwinBooster level2

TwinBooster level 1

In-use lock LC

Demo mode

Safety functions

Pan/Pan-size detection x

Residual-heat indicators x

Descriptive Technical DocumentationC-6 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 19: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Model HR 1622[USA]/HR1622 [CAN]/HR 1622[MEX]

In-use lock x

Safety shutoff x

Overheat protection x

Fault monitoring x

Integrated cooling fan x

Table 6: Technical Data, Cooktop, HR 1622 [USA]/HR 1622 [CAN]/HR 1622 [MEX]

1) Pots or pans can be used on this burner as long as their diameter is less than or equal to thecircumscribed area.

2) Power may vary depending on pan size and material.x

Cooling fan (cooktop)

Construction Brushless DC motor

Supply voltage 12VDC

Current 0.38A

Power 4.6W

Speed

Maximum speed With heat sink hotter than 140°F

With a burner hotter than 482°F

Half speed With heat sink hotter than 122°F

With burner cooler than 131°F

0 With heat sink cooler than 113°F

When cooling a burner by less than 30 degrees

Table 7: Technical Data, Cooling Fan (Cooktop)

PTC temperature sensor resistance values (cooktop)

Temperature [°F] Resistance [Ω]

32 910

77 990

122 1080

167 1160

257 1330

302 1410

347 1490

392 1580

437 1650

482 1730

527 1810

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 C-7

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 20: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

PTC temperature sensor resistance values (cooktop)

Temperature [°F] Resistance [Ω]

572 1890

617 1970

662 2050

Table 8: PTC Resistance Values (Cooktop)

Burner power with 9 power levels (cooktop)

Power level Nominal power [%]

1 2.5

2 5

3 7.5

4 12.5

5 18

6 28

7 42

8 60

9 100

Booster level 1 125

Booster level 2 157 - 176

Keep-warm No fixed % value

Table 9: Burner Power with 9 Power Levels (Cooktop)

Auto-Boost with 9 power levels (cooktop)

Power level Duration (m:s) Nominal power (%)

1 0:15 100

2 0:15 100

3 0:25 100

4 0:50 100

5 2:00 100

6 5:50 100

7 2:50 100

8 2:50 100

9 – 100

Table 10: Auto-Boost with 9 Power Levels (Cooktop)

Cavity Pt1000 temperature sensor (R30-10) (oven)

Temperature Resistance (as per DIN EN 60751)

32°F 1000Ω

68°F 1078Ω

77°F 1097Ω

Descriptive Technical DocumentationC-8 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 21: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Cavity Pt1000 temperature sensor (R30-10) (oven)

86°F 1117Ω

122°F 1194Ω

212°F 1385Ω

302°F 1573Ω

392°F 1758Ω

482°F 1941Ω

572°F 2120Ω

Table 11: Cavity Pt1000 Temperature Sensor (R30-10) (Oven) Technical Data

Door lock (M23) (oven)

Type Synchronous motor

Voltage 120V

Frequency 60Hz

Rotational speed 3.4 rpm

Table 12: Door Lock Motor (M23) (Oven) Technical Data

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1) (oven)

Voltage 120V

Frequency 60Hz

Power Cooldown 12W

In use 21W

Self-clean 38W

Nominal speed, free burst onflat surface

Cooldown 900 rpm

In use 1250 rpm

Self-clean 2350 rpm

Table 13: Technical Data, Oven Cooling Fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2) (oven)

Voltage 120V

Power 23W

Nominal speed 1 without impeller, empty cavity 1275 rpm

Power 36W

Nominal speed 2 without impeller, empty cavity 1900 rpm

Table 14: Technical Data, Oven Convection Fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Top heater element (R13) (oven)

Voltage 208V – 240V

Power 1600W – 2130W

Table 15: Technical Data, OvenTop Heater Element (R13)

Broil element (R15) (oven)

Voltage 208V – 240V

Power 2159W – 2875W

Table 16: Technical Data, Oven Broil Element (R15)

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 C-9

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 22: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Bottom heater element (R12-1/R12-2) (oven)

Inner heating circuit

Voltage 208V – 240V

Power 1540W – 2050W

Outer heating circuit

Voltage 70V – 80V

Power 843W – 1101W

Table 17: Technical Data, Oven Bottom Heater Element (R12-1/R12-2)

Convection element (1R14/2R14) (oven)

Voltage 208V – 240V

Power 1089W – 1450W

Table 18: Technical Data, Oven Convection Element (1R14/2R14)

Steam generator (R25-1/R25-2) (oven)

Supply voltage 200V – 240V

Power 832W – 1200W

Table 19: Technical Data, Oven Steam Generator (R25-1/R25-2)

Steam generator fuse (F8-1) (oven)

Switching temperature 604°F

Table 20: Technical Data, Oven Steam Generator Fuse (F8-1)

Steam generator temperature limiter (B2-16) (oven)

Switching temperature 338°F

Table 21: Technical Data, Oven Steam Generator Temperature Limiter (B2-16)

Water container (oven)

Capacity 100mL

Volume 100mL

Table 22: Technical Data, Oven Water Container

Inlet valve (Y63) (oven)

Type Double solenoid

Voltage 200V – 240V

Frequency 50Hz/60Hz

Flow rate 1 L/min

Table 23: Technical Data, Oven Inlet Valve (Y63)

Descriptive Technical DocumentationC-10 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 23: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

D Layout of Electrical ComponentsOven:x

Layout 1

1 (1R12-1/R12-2)Bottom heater element2 (1R14) Convection element3 Convection fan4 (B2-16)/(F8-1)Steam generator temperature limiter/Steam generator fuse5 (R25-1/R25-2)Steam generator6 (2N1-3) Selection (EW) electronic7 (N1-9) Touchscreen8 Control/Display (EPB/EPZ) electronics housing9 (N1-2) EPB/EPZ electronic10 Dimmer (EP) electronic11 Lift-panel drive12 Halogen light13 (1H3-2) Cavity light14 Cooling fan15 (Y63) Inlet valve16 (N1-1/N1-6)Power (ELP) electronic/Roast probe (EPI) electronic17 (Y56) Release element18 (F1-7) Cooling-air temperature limiter19 (R23) Catalyzer element20 Cooling fan

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 D-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 24: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

21 (W17) Roast probe antenna22 (H4) Loudspeaker23 (R15) Top heater element24 (R13) Broil element25 (R30-10) Cavity Pt1000 temperature sensor26 (M23) Door lock27 (S24) Door contact switch28 (S60) Position switch29 (S78) Door lock switch30 (2H3-2) Cavity light31 Halogen light32 (M15) Rotisserie motor33 Convection fan34 (2R14) Convection element35 Wireless roast probe36 (Z2) Interference suppression capacitor37 (X3-1) Terminal strip

Descriptive Technical DocumentationD-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 25: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Cooktop top side:x

Layout 2

1 Connection X8 for distributor board (2N1-1)2 Connection X1 for control/power electronic (A3)3 (2L6) Induction coil for burner4 (R30) PTC for burner5 (R30) PTC for burner6 (1L6) Induction coil for burner7 (4L6) Induction coil for burner8 (R30) PTC for burner9 (3L6) Induction coil for burner10 (R30) PTC for burner11 Connection X7 for oven12 (1N1-8) Display electronic

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 D-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 26: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Cooktop interior:x

Layout 3

1 Connection X1 for potentiometer (1R32), burner2 Connection X8 for display electronic (1N1-8)3 Connection X2 for potentiometer (2R32), burner4 (2X3-1) Power connection5 Fuse tracks for left module of the control/power electronic (A3), to

be replaced with a fine-wire fuse (2F8) in case of a fault6 (4M2-1) Cooling fan, left7 Jumper N between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power

electronic (A3), left module8 Jumper L2 between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power

electronic (A3), left module9 Connection X34 for left cooling fan (4M2-1)10 Connection X22 for PTC (R30), burner (2L6)11 Connections X18, X19 for burner (2L6)12 Connection X23 for PTC (R30), (3L6)13 Connections X20, X21 for burner (3L6)14 Connection X33 for display electronic (1N1-8)15 Control/power electronic (A3) heat sink, left module16 (A3) Control/power electronic, left module17 (A3) Control/power electronic, right module18 Connection X1 for filter electronic (N1-8) ribbon cable19 Control/power electronic (A3) heat sink, right module20 Connections X24, X25 for burner (1L6)

Descriptive Technical DocumentationD-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 27: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

21 Connection X28 PTC (R30), burner (1L6)22 Connections X26, X27 for burner (4L6)23 Connection X29 for PTC (R30), burner (4L6)24 Connection X35 for right cooling fan (3M2-1)25 Jumper L1 between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power

electronic (A3), right module26 Jumper N between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power

electronic (A3), right module27 Connection X15 for ribbon cable control/power electronic (A3)28 (N1-8) Filter electronic29 Fuse tracks for control/power electronic (A3) right module, to be

replaced with a fine-wire fuse (1F8) in case of a fault30 (3M2-1) Right cooling fan31 Connection X3 for potentiometer (4R32), burner32 (2N1-1) Distributor board33 Connection X4 for potentiometer (3R32), burner

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 D-5

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 28: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

001 Cooktop

2 Function

2.1 Optical Interfacex

Note

The cooktop does not have an optical interface for diagnostics or programupdates.

2.2 Principle of Induction

Under each burner is an induction coil. When the burner is switched on, theinduction coil creates a high-frequency magnetic field (approximately 20kHz)which induces high eddy currents in the base of the pot on the cooktop. The baseis heated rapidly by this effect and the heat produced is transferred virtuallywithout loss to the food being cooked. The burner itself is not heated by theinduction coil, but is heated indirectly by the heat developed in the pot base.

2.3 Suitable Pots

Induction cooktops can only function with pots with a magnetic base. Unsuitablepots will not heat up.

The following pot types are suitable:

– Stainless steel with a magnetic base

– Enameled steel

– Cast-iron.

The following pot types are not suitable:

– Stainless steel with a non-magnetic base

– Aluminum, copper

– Glass, ceramic, earthenware.x

Note

Use a magnet to check if the pot base is magnetic. If the magnet also sticks tothe pot's outer edges, then the pot is suitable for induction.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 29: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.4 Pot Sensors

Each burner has a pot sensor. This prevents the operation of the induction coilunder the following circumstances:

– Without a pot on the burner

– With a pot with a base that is too small

– When a pot unsuitable for use with an induction cooktop is being used.

After switching on a burner (selecting a power level), the power electronic, using atest power of less than 10 watts, checks for a change in the magnetic field. If themagnetic field has changed (i.e. a suitable pot is on the burner), then the selectedpower level will be activated.

If the magnetic field has not changed, the symbol will flash alternately with theselected power level and the induction function will not work. If there is no changewithin 3 minutes (pot sensor time), the burner is shut off. If no other burner is inoperation, the cooktop switches itself off.

If the pot is removed from the burner during the cooking program, the symbolwill flash alternately with the selected power level and the induction function willnot work. If the burner is in Auto-Boost mode, Auto-Boost will be paused (i.e. theAuto-Boost time will not count down).

If the pot is not returned to the burner within 3 minutes (pot sensor time), theburner is shut off. If no other burner is in operation, the cooktop switches itself off.x

Note

The switch knob must be turned back to the “0” position in order to switch theburner on again.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 30: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.5 Pot-Size Sensor

Each burner has a pot-size sensor. This is used for the burner to adjust its powerlevel to suit the size of the pot base. The smaller the diameter of the pot base, thelower the level of power applied. If the diameter is smaller than the minimumdiameter of the burner, the pot is not registered and induction does not take place;see 001 2.4 Pot Sensors.

The given minimum diameters (diameter of flat contact surface) for the pot sensorfunction are only approximate. They can vary due to the effects of materialproperties and mechanical version of the pot base. Full cooking power can onlybe achieved with a suitable pot with good magnetic properties covering the fullburner area (see C Table 6).

2.6 Electronics

The display electronic is located at front center under the ceramic surface.

Replacement electronics are delivered fully populated (i.e. with all availablefeatures). The factory setting for model type does not apply for all models in thisDTD. Upon electronics replacement, the model type must be programmed; seeService Programming Mode, 001 4.1.

Located under the induction coil mounting bracket are a control/power electronic,a filter electronic and a distributor board.

The control/power electronic is comprised of two modules linked together, eachwith a maximum power of 3850W. Each module has its own heat sink. If themaximum heat sink temperature is exceeded, the appliance will switch off andfault code FE 41 or FE 42 will be displayed; see Fault Code FE41, 001 3.12, FaultCode FE42, 001 3.13.

2.7 Switch Knobs

Switch knobs for operating the cooktop are located on the front of the oven'sfascia panel. The and symbols next to the switch knobs indicate which switchknob is used to control which burner.

The switch knobs are imprinted with the following digits and symbols:x

Symbol Description

0 Burner off

Keep-warm

Booster with 1 level

Power adjustment

TwinBooster with 2 levels

Auto-Boost

Table 1: Switch-Knob Printing

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 31: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Warning!

Avoid damaging the switch knob assemblies!

Never turn the switch knobs clockwise past the or symbol to or to the"0" setting. Always turn the switch knobs counterclockwise to or to the "0"setting.

Note

Switch knobs function independently of one another. If one switch knobassembly is defective, the corresponding burner shuts off automatically.Unaffected burners will continue to function normally.

2.8 Cooktop Displayx

Warning!

Placing hot cookware on the cooktop display will damage the electronicunderneath.

Fig. 1

Each burner has its own LCD display (001 Fig. 1, Pos. 1). These are locatedunderneath the ceramic surface. The LCD display provides messages about theburner's operating state:x

Message Description

0 Burner ready for use/Demo mode off (short beep)

Keep-warm

1 to 9 Power level

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 32: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Message Description

a Auto-Boost

TwinBooster level 1

Booster/TwinBooster level 2

Missing or unsuitable pot

Residual-heat indicator

LC In-use lock is active

Demo mode is active

F/FE 30 to FE 88 Fault code

PS 7.1. or PS 7.2. Programming mode (model programming)

Table 2: Cooktop Display Messages

2.9 Power Levels

The switch knobs for selecting the power levels are located on the oven's fasciapanel.

The following power levels are available for each burner:

– Keep-warm

– Power levels 1 – 9

– Booster (see 001 2.12 Booster Function) for burners and

– TwinBooster level 1 and 2 (see 001 2.12 Booster Function) for burnersand

Operation:x

Warning!

Avoid damaging the switch knob assemblies!

Never turn the switch knobs clockwise past the Booster level or to orto the "0" setting. Always turn the switch knobs counterclockwise to or to the"0" setting.

Switching the burner on/off

Function step Selected function Display message

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-5

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 33: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Switching the burner on/off

Function step Selected function Display message

1. Turn switch knobclockwise from “0”setting.

Burner on —

2. Select power level. Keep-warm lights

Power level 1 to 9Corresponding digit from 1 to 9

lights

3. Turn switch knobcounterclockwise to "0"setting.

Burner off Symbol or digit goes out

Table 3: Switching Burner On/Off

Note

The residual-heat indicator will remain lit (see 001 2.13 Residual-Heat Indicator)if the burner is still hot at shutoff.

Note

Switch knobs function independently of one another. If one switch knobassembly is defective, the corresponding burner shuts off automatically.Unaffected burners will continue to function normally.

2.10 Power Regulation

The control/power electronic controls the power regulation.

Functionality:

The type of power regulation varies with the set power level.

Power levels > 300W:

Varying continuous power levels are possible by changing the pulse width (pulse-width modulation).

Power levels < 300W:

The already low power (pulse-width modulation) is further reduced via a pulsedon/off switching of the burner. The switching in these power levels can be heardas clicks.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-6 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 34: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.11 Power Management

Each module on the control/power electronic supplies 2 burners with power. Bothburners together must not exceed the module's 3850W power limit or 16A fuserating. Power management prevents total module power from being exceeded.

Functionality:

The most recently used setting has priority and is activated by the control/powerelectronic.

If a burner is already switched on and the second burner connected to the samemodule on the control/power module is then switched on, the power level of thefirst burner is reduced if it is operating as follows:

– at power level 9

– or with Auto-Boost, see 001 2.17 Auto-Boost,

– or with Booster, see 001 2.12 Booster Function.

The booster function or AutoBoost of the first burner is switched off. If this powerconsumption reduction is sufficient, cooking continues at the set level. Otherwise,the power setting will be reduced.

If a second burner is switched on with TwinBooster at stage 2, the first burner willbe shut off.

The actual applied power is shown in the display. If the switch knob is turned tothe indicated power level or a lower power level within 3 s, the control/powerelectronic adopts the new power level.

After reducing the last-set power level, the power level of the first burner can beincreased again or the first burner switched on.

If a burner is reduced to power level 0 through power management, this is alsoindicated in the display. If residual heat (see 001 2.13 Residual-Heat Indicator) ispresent, this will be displayed alternately with 0.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-7

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 35: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.12 Booster Function

All burners feature a Booster function, i.e. a power increase.

Functionality

If Booster is activated, the burner operates for 15 minutes at increased power; see001 Table 4.

The burners with larger diameter (8.3”, 10.2”) also have a TwinBooster with twopower levels. InTwinBooster stage 2 each burner operates with a maximumpower of 3850W.x

Burner diameter and power

Diameter/Size (cm)

Burner SettingPower1)

In watts for 208V/60Hz In watts for 240V/60Hz

(5.7”)/3.9 –6.3”

normal 1250 1450

Booster 2000 2300

(7.1”)/5.5 –7.9”

normal 1700 1950

Booster 2700 3100

(8.3”)/6.3 –9.1”

normal 2100 2400

TwinBoosterlevel 1

2700 3100

TwinBoosterlevel 2

3350 3850

(10.2”)/7.1 –11”

normal 2350 2700

TwinBoosterlevel 1

2700 3100

TwinBoosterlevel 2

3350 3850

Table 4: Burner Diameter and Power

1) The listed power can vary with cookware size and material.

After 15 minutes the cooktop automatically switches back to power level 9, andthe Booster symbol goes out. The Booster function can be switched on again asfar as the measured temperature values will allow.x

Note

If a burner is switched on with Booster function and the second burner sharingthe same control/power electronic is already in use, power management willreduce the power of the second burner under certain circumstances. Seealso001 2.11 Power Management.

The Booster function can be ended early if a different power level is set.

The Booster function will be ended automatically if

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-8 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 36: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

– a burner is heated above 482°F (250°C) (the cooling fan will also beswitched on with maximum speed),

– the heat sink is heated above 167°F (75°C) (the cooling fan is alreadyrunning at maximum speed).

The Booster function is locked when

– a burner is already hotter than 482°F (250°C),

– the heat sink is already hotter than 140°F (60°C).

Operation:x

Booster function activation/deactivation

Step Selected functionDisplay

confirmation

1. Turn the switch knob clockwise to. Booster on

lights

Release the switch knob.

or 1. Turn the switch knob clockwiseto . TwinBooster level 1 on

lights

Release the switch knob.

2. Turn the switch knob a secondtime clockwise to . TwinBooster level 2 on

lights

Release the switch knob.

2. Turn the switch knobcounterclockwise to a differentpower level or to the "0" setting. Booster/TwinBooster off

Booster symbolgoes out; digit forthe new powerlevel lights

Table 5: Booster Activation/Deactivation

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-9

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 37: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.13 Residual-Heat Indicator

After cooking, the glass surfaces of the burners may still be hot. In order to warnthe customer of the hot surface and to protect from burns, this dangerous state isdepicted via residual-heat indicators.

Each burner has a residual-heat indicator.

If the PTC registers a residual heat above 140°F (60°C) after switching off theburner, then the residual heat is shown by up to three horizontal, stacked barsin the display:

– PTC temperature above 212°F (100°C):

– PTC temperature between 176°F (80°C) and 212°F (100°C):

– PTC temperature between 140°F (60°C) and 176°F (80°C):

The bars will go out one at a time as the burner cools. The last bar goes out whenthe burner is safe to touch.x

Warning!

If there is a fault, the residual-heat indicator will not be lit even if the burner is stillhot.

2.14 Safety Shutoff

Each burner is after a maximum operating time automatically shut off via thedisplay electronic. The maximum operating time is dependent on the set powerlevel (see 001 Table 6) and will be restarted with each new setting.x

Safety shutoff – Maximum operating time

Power level Maximum operating time [h]

(keep-warm) 2

1 10

2 5

3. 5

4 4

5 3

6 2

7 2

8 2

9 1

Table 6: Safety Shutoff – Maximum Operating Time

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-10 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 38: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.15 Safety Shutoff

If a switch knob is turned counterclockwise for longer than 30 s or turnedclockwise for any period of time, a flashing F appears as a fault message in thedisplay for the corresponding burner (see Fault Code F, 001 3.2). After releasingthe switch knob, the fault message will go out after approx. 3 s. The burner canthen be used again normally.

If the switch knob was turned clockwise, the corresponding burner will switch offautomatically. 0 is shown in the burner display. Before the burner can be usedagain, the switch knob must be turned to the “0” setting.

2.16 Overheat Protection

A. Pan protection

If burner temperature is increasing disproportionately quickly, e.g., with an emptypan, the Booster function is canceled (if activated), and the Booster symbol in theburner display goes out. The applied power for the affected burner is reduced to60% (corresponding to power level 8), and reduced further if the temperaturecontinues to increase. The selected power level is also shown in the burnerdisplay. If the burner or heat sink temperature continues to increase, then themeasures described under B. and C. are put into use.

B. Burner temperature too high

If the temperature at the burner temperature sensor rises above 320°F (160°C),the Booster function is canceled (if activated), and the Booster symbol in theburner display goes out. With a PTC temperature of 464°F (240°C), the appliedpower for the affected burner is reduced to 60% (corresponding to power level 8),and reduced further if the temperature continues to increase. The selected powerlevel is also shown in the burner display. If the PTC temperature rises above 500°F (260°C), the cooktop switches off and 0 is displayed alternately with theresidual-heat indicator. When the burner temperature drops back to a normallevel, the appliance can be used again normally. It will not switch itself back on.

C. Heat sink temperature too high

If the heat sink temperature rises above 176°F (80°C), the Booster function iscanceled (if activated), and the Booster symbol in the burner display goes out.The applied power for the burners sharing the affected control/power electronic isreduced to 60% (corresponding to power level 8). The selected power level is alsoshown in the burner displays. If the heat sink temperature rises above 185°F(85°C), all burners sharing the affected control/power electronic are switched offand 0 is displayed alternately with the residual-heat indicator. The unaffectedburners can be used normally. The affected burners cannot be switched back onuntil the heat sink has cooled.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-11

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 39: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.17 Auto-Boost

Each burner has an electronic Auto-Boost feature.

Functionality

If Auto-Boost is switched on, the burner is heated at highest power (100% ofnominal power) for the entire Auto-Boost time. The Auto-Boost time depends onthe selected power level (power level); see 001 Table 7. After Auto-Boost time haselapsed the burner switches back to the previously selected power level (powerlevel).x

Power level Auto-Boost time [m:s]

1 0:15

2 0:15

3 0:25

4 0:50

5 2:00

6 5:50

7 2:501)

8 2:501)

9 –

Table 7: Auto-Boost Times

1) Power levels 7 and 8 are used for frying. Because of this, they have shorter Auto-Boost timesthan power level 6.

Operation:x

Auto-Boost activation/deactivation

Operating step Selected function Display confirmation

1. Turn the switch knobcounterclockwise to .

Auto-Boost on a flashes (min. 1x)Hold the switch knob for at least 0.5s.

Release the switch knob.

2. Turn the switch knob clockwisewithin the next 10 s in order to setthe desired power level.

Auto-Boost ona flashes alternately withthe digit for the power

level

Power level after Auto-Boost has finished

a goes out when Auto-Boost has finished; digitfor the power level lights

constantly

3. Turn the switch knob to a differentpower level or to the "0" setting.

Auto-Boost off

a goes out; if applicable,the digit for the newlyselected power level

lights up

Table 8: Auto-Boost Activation/Deactivation

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-12 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 40: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Note

If the set power level is changed after the 10 s has expired, Auto-Boost will becanceled. The power for the newly selected power level is then applied to theburner.

a goes out in the display.

Note

If the pan is removed during Auto-Boost, the Auto-Boost time is stopped. In thedisplay, the a and (pan missing) symbols flash alternately. If the pan is placedback on the burner within 3 minutes, the remaining Auto-Boost time resumes itscountdown.

If the pan is not placed back on the burner after 3 minutes, the burner shuts offand the display goes out.

Note

The Auto-Boost shuts off after 5 s

• if the switch knob remains in the “0” setting for longer than 10 s, or

• if the switch knob is turned to (keep-warm).

The a symbol goes out in the display.

2.18 Keep-Warm

All burners have a keep-warm feature.

The keep-warm temperature is limited to approx. 158°F (70°C). To maintain thistemperature, the electronic varies the applied power. The monitoring of thetemperature is done by the PTC for the corresponding burner.

The maximum keep-warm duration is 2 hours.x

Note

With keep-warm, hot food can be kept warm directly after cooking. However, thispower level is too low for reheating cold food.

Keep-warm activation/deactivation

Operating step Selected function Display confirmation

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-13

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 41: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Keep-warm activation/deactivation

Operating step Selected function Display confirmation

1. Turn the switch knob clockwise to. Keep-warm on

lights

2. Turn the switch knob to a differentpower level or to the "0" setting.

Keep-warm off

goes out, if applicablelights the digit for thenewly selected power

level

Table 9: Keep-Warm Activation/Deactivation

2.19 In-Use Lock

The in-use lock prevents unauthorized switching on of the cooktop. As long as thecooktop is locked, no burner will be able to be used.x

In-use lock activation/deactivation

Operating step Selected function Display confirmation

1. All switch knobs at "0" setting. —

2. Turn the switch knobs for burnersand simultaneouslycounterclockwise as far as they willgo. Lock on

A flashes while the lockis active (approx. 3 s)

Hold the switch knobs for at least 3 s.

Release the switch knob. lc lights for 3 s

3. Turn the switch knobs for burnersand simultaneouslycounterclockwise as far as they willgo. Lock off

lc lights for 3 s and thengoes out

Hold the switch knob for at least 3 s.

Release the switch knob.

Table 10: In-Use Lock Activation/Deactivation

Note

With the in-use lock switched on, each pressing of a switch knob will beindicated with lc in the display for 3 s.

If a switch knob is turned and held for longer than 30 s, a flashing f will bedisplayed as a fault message; see Fault Code F, 001 3.2.

Note

After a power failure, the in-use lock is always released.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-14 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 42: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.20 Fuse Tracks

Fig. 2: Fuse Tracks on Filter Electronic

1 Fuse holders2 Fuse track underside3 Fuse holders

The fuse tracks (001 Fig. 2, Pos. 2) are located on the filter electronic, betweenthe fuse holders (001 Fig. 2, Pos. 1, Pos. 3).

Functionality

The filter electronic has fuse tracks to protect it from high voltage. In case of acontrol/power electronic fault, e.g., a short circuit, the fuse tracks on theassociated filter electronic will burn through.x

Note

After replacing the control/power electronic, it is required to check the fusetracks on the filter electronic (see Filter Electronic: PCB Fuse Tracks Check, 0014.21).

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-15

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 43: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.21 Appliance Function after a Power Failure

If the switch knob during a power failure was not at the "0" setting, then 0 will beshown in the display for the affected burner once power is restored.

If there is still residual heat, this will be indicated alternately with 0 once power isrestored.

Before the appliance can be used again, the switch knobs must be turned to the"0" setting. After this, a power level can be set.

2.22 Appliance Function with Heat Buildupx

Note

The appliance behavior described in this section is normal. It does not indicatea fault!

Depending on the measured temperature inside the appliance, the cooling fanswitches on at half or full speed (see C Table 7).

If a certain temperature threshold is exceeded at the burner temperature sensoror heat sink temperature sensor, overheat protection will be activated (see 0012.16 Overheat Protection).

If the cooktop is completely switched off after use, the speed of the cooling fan isimmediately reduced.

To prevent the cooling fan from running constantly, it will shut off with atemperature < 113°F (see C Table 7). Should heat build up after applianceshutoff, the cooling fan will be switched on to prevent damage to the electronic.

The following behaviors might be interpreted by the customer as faulty:

– Cooling Fan Switches Itself On, EvenThough Cooktop is Shut Off, 001 3.38.

– Cooling Fan Keeps Running after Cooktop is Shut Off, 001 3.39.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-16 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 44: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.23 Demo Mode

This mode enables a dealer to demonstrate cooktop function without heating.This setting is not required with residential use.

Demo mode can be switched on via programming (see Demo Mode Activation/Deactivation, 001 4.2). is displayed for 3 s.

All functions can be selected via the switch knobs with active demo mode, but noheating power will be generated by the electronic.

Demo mode can be switched off again via programming (see Demo ModeActivation/Deactivation, 001 4.2).x

Note

After a power failure, demo mode will remain active.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-17

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 45: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3 Fault Repair

3.1 Fault Code Summary

Cause

See the fault code table.x

Note: The fault codes listed in this table will be indicated in the cooktop display asfollows:F at the top left, E at the top right, and the corresponding fault numberunderneath.

Fault code summary

Fault code Cause Remedy

F Constant pressing of switchknob(s)

See Fault Code F, 001 3.2.

FE30 + constant beep Connection error: Secondaryvoltage of power supply toohigh (primary voltage > 300V)

Check supply voltage.

Check power leads.

Check filter electronic (N1-8) and replaceas necessary; see Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

FE31 Live L2 faulty/missing Check power connection.

Neutral for the right module ofthe control/power electronic(jumper for terminal 4 – 5)faulty/missing

Check if jumper for terminal 4 – 5 isinstalled.

Check jumper for terminal 4 – 5 forcontact.

Install jumper for terminal 4 – 5, ifnecessary.

Electronics fault Disconnect from power.

Check metal bridges between filterelectronic (N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3) for seating and contact.

Check fuse tracks; see Filter Electronic:PCB Fuse Tracks Check, 001 4.21.Check control/power electronic (A3); seeControl/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18, andControl/Power Electronic: Rectifier Test,001 4.19. Replace control/powerelectronic (A3) as necessary; seeCooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3)Removal, 001 4.14.

Check filter electronic (N1-8) (visually);replace as necessary. See FilterElectronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-18 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 46: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Note: The fault codes listed in this table will be indicated in the cooktop display asfollows:F at the top left, E at the top right, and the corresponding fault numberunderneath.

Fault code summary

Fault code Cause Remedy

FE32 Ribbon cable between filterelectronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) faulty

Check ribbon cable and plugs betweenfilter electronic (N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3) and replace asnecessary.

Electronics fault Disconnect from power.

Check filter electronic (N1-8) and replaceas necessary; see Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

Check control/power electronic (A3); seeControl/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18. Replaceas necessary; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removal, 0014.14.

FE33 Ribbon cable between filterelectronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) faulty

Check ribbon cable and plugs betweenfilter electronic (N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3) and replace asnecessary.

Electronics fault Disconnect from power.

Check filter electronic (N1-8) and replaceas necessary; see Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

Check control/power electronic (A3); seeControl/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18. Replaceas necessary; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removal, 0014.14.

FE34 Ribbon cable between filterelectronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) faulty

Check ribbon cable and plugs betweenfilter electronic (N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3) and replace asnecessary.

Electronics fault Disconnect from power.

Check filter electronic (N1-8) and replaceas necessary; see Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

Check control/power electronic (A3); seeControl/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18. Replaceas necessary; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removal, 0014.14.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-19

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 47: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Note: The fault codes listed in this table will be indicated in the cooktop display asfollows:F at the top left, E at the top right, and the corresponding fault numberunderneath.

Fault code summary

Fault code Cause Remedy

FE35 Low voltage Check supply voltage (208V or 240V foreach live to ground).

Connection fault Check connection.

Ribbon cable between filterelectronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) faulty

Check ribbon cable and plugs betweenfilter electronic (N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3) and replace asnecessary.

Filter electronic (N1-8) fault Disconnect from power.

Replace filter electronic (N1-8); see FilterElectronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

FE36 Display electronic (1N1-8)defective

Check display electronic (1N1-8) andreplace as necessary; see DisplayElectronic (1N1-8) Removal, 001 4.11.

Connection between displayelectronic (1N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) broken

Disconnect from power.

Check connection between displayelectronic (1N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3) and replace asnecessary.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE39 Wrong model programmed Program the correct model type; seeService Programming Mode, 001 4.1.

FE40 Wrong model programmed Program the correct model type; seeService Programming Mode, 001 4.1.

Connection between displayelectronic (1N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) broken

Disconnect from power.

Check connection and replace asnecessary.

Check display electronic (1N1-8) andreplace as necessary; see DisplayElectronic (1N1-8) Removal, 001 4.11.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE41 Temperature sensor at control/power electronic's (A3) leftheat sink defective

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE42 Temperature sensor at control/power electronic's (A3) rightheat sink defective

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE44 Overheating; see 001 2.16Overheat Protection

Let the appliance cool.

Unsuitable cookware Use a suitable pot/pan.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-20 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 48: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Note: The fault codes listed in this table will be indicated in the cooktop display asfollows:F at the top left, E at the top right, and the corresponding fault numberunderneath.

Fault code summary

Fault code Cause Remedy

FE45 Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE46 Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE47 Right cooling-fan airflowblocked.

Check installation conditions. Ifnecessary, provide sufficient ventilation.

Right cooling fan blocked. Remove blockage.

Right cooling fan defective. Replace defective cooling fan; seeCooling Fan (3M2-1/4M2-1) Removal,001 4.13.

Control/power electronic (A3)defective

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Filter electronic (N1-8)defective

Replace filter electronic (N1-8); see FilterElectronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

FE48 Left cooling-fan airflowblocked

Check installation conditions. Ifnecessary, provide sufficient ventilation.

Left cooling fan blocked Remove blockage.

Left cooling fan defective Replace defective cooling fan; seeCooling Fan (3M2-1/4M2-1) Removal,001 4.13.

Control/power electronic (A3)defective

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Filter electronic (N1-8)defective

Replace filter electronic (N1-8); see FilterElectronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

FE51 PTC for burner defective Test temperature sensor. For resistancevalues, see C Table 8. If necessary,replace induction coil with PTC; seeInduction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6)Removal, 001 4.10.

Contact fault Check plug contact.

Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-21

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 49: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Note: The fault codes listed in this table will be indicated in the cooktop display asfollows:F at the top left, E at the top right, and the corresponding fault numberunderneath.

Fault code summary

Fault code Cause Remedy

FE52 PTC for burner defective Test temperature sensor. For resistancevalues, see C Table 8. If necessary,replace induction coil with PTC; seeInduction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6)Removal, 001 4.10.

Contact fault Check plug contact.

Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE53 PTC for burner defective Test temperature sensor. For resistancevalues, see C Table 8. If necessary,replace induction coil with PTC; seeInduction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6)Removal, 001 4.10.

Contact fault Check plug contact.

Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE54 PTC for burner defective Test temperature sensor. For resistancevalues, see C Table 8. If necessary,replace induction coil with PTC; seeInduction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6)Removal, 001 4.10.

Contact fault Check plug contact.

Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE60 Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-22 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 50: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Note: The fault codes listed in this table will be indicated in the cooktop display asfollows:F at the top left, E at the top right, and the corresponding fault numberunderneath.

Fault code summary

Fault code Cause Remedy

FE80 Wrong model programmed Program the correct model type; seeService Programming Mode, 001 4.1.

Wrong control/powerelectronic (A3) installed

Check material number of control/powerelectronic (A3).

If necessary, install the correct control/power electronic (A3); see CooktopControl/Power Electronic (A3) Removal,001 4.14.

Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE85 Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE86 Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

FE88 Control/power electronic (A3)fault

Disconnect from power.

Replace control/power electronic (A3);see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Table 11: Fault Code Summary

Remedy

A See the appropriate fault code.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-23

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 51: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.2 Fault Code F

Symptom

F flashing in burner display. The burner switches off automatically.

Cause

Continuous switch knob actuation.

The switch knob was turned counterclockwise longer than 30 s or turnedclockwise for any period of time.

Remedy

A Release the switch knob and turn it to “0”. The fault message goes out.

3.3 Fault Code FE30 + Constant Beep

Cause

Connection error.

Secondary voltage of power supply too high (primary voltage > 300V).

Remedy

A Check supply voltage.

A Check power leads.

A Check filter electronic (N1-8) and replace as necessary; see Filter Electronic(N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-24 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 52: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.4 Fault Code FE31

Cause

Live L2 faulty/missing.

Remedy

A Check power connection.

Cause

Neutral for the right module of the control/power electronic (connection boxjumper for terminal 4 – 5) faulty/missing.

Remedy

A Check if jumper for terminal 4 – 5 is installed.

A Check jumper for terminal 4 – 5 for contact.

A Install jumper for terminal 4 – 5, if necessary.

Cause

Electronics fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Check metal bridges between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3) for seating and contact.

A Check fuse tracks; see Filter Electronic: PCB Fuse Tracks Check, 001 4.21.

A Check control/power electronic (A3); see Control/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18, and Control/Power Electronic: Rectifier Test,001 4.19. Replace control/power electronic (A3) as necessary; see CooktopControl/Power Electronic (A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

A Check filter electronic (N1-8) (visually); replace as necessary. See FilterElectronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-25

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 53: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.5 Fault Code FE32

Cause

Ribbon cable between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3)defective.

Remedy

A Check ribbon cable and plugs between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) and replace as necessary.

Cause

Electronics fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Check filter electronic (N1-8) and replace as necessary; see Filter Electronic(N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

A Check control/power electronic (A3); see Control/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18. Replace as necessary; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.6 Fault Code FE33

Cause

Ribbon cable between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3)defective.

Remedy

A Check ribbon cable and plugs between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) and replace as necessary.

Cause

Electronics fault.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-26 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 54: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Check filter electronic (N1-8) and replace as necessary; see Filter Electronic(N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

A Check control/power electronic (A3); see Control/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18. Replace as necessary; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.7 Fault Code FE34

Cause

Ribbon cable between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3)defective.

Remedy

A Check ribbon cable and plugs between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) and replace as necessary.

Cause

Electronics fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Check filter electronic (N1-8) and replace as necessary; see Filter Electronic(N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

A Check control/power electronic (A3); see Control/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18. Replace as necessary; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-27

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 55: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.8 Fault Code FE35

Cause

Low voltage.

Remedy

A Check supply voltage (208V or 240V for each live to ground).

Cause

Connection fault.

Remedy

A Check connection.

Cause

Faulty ribbon cable or plugs between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3).

Remedy

A Check ribbon cable and plugs between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3) and replace as necessary.

Cause

Filter electronic (N1-8) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace filter electronic (N1-8); see Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal, 0014.15.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-28 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 56: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.9 Fault Code FE36

Cause

Display electronic (1N1-8) defective.

Remedy

A Check display electronic (1N1-8) and replace as necessary; see DisplayElectronic (1N1-8) Removal, 001 4.11.

Cause

Connection between display electronic (1N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3)broken.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Check connection between display electronic (1N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3) and replace as necessary.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.10 Fault Code FE39

Cause

Wrong model programmed.

Remedy

A Program the correct model type; see Service Programming Mode, 001 4.1.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-29

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 57: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.11 Fault Code FE40

Cause

Wrong model programmed.

Remedy

A Program the correct model type; see Service Programming Mode, 001 4.1.

Cause

Connection between display electronic (1N1-8) and control/power electronic (A3)broken.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Check wiring and replace as necessary.

A Check display electronic (1N1-8) and replace as necessary; see DisplayElectronic (1N1-8) Removal, 001 4.11.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.12 Fault Code FE41

Cause

Control/power electronic's (A3) left heat sink temperature sensor defective.

Remedy

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-30 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 58: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.13 Fault Code FE42

Cause

Control/power electronic's (A3) right heat sink temperature sensor defective.

Remedy

A Replace control/power electronic; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3)Removal, 001 4.14.

3.14 Fault Code FE44

Cause

Overheating.

Remedy

A Let the appliance cool.

Cause

Unsuitable cookware.

Remedy

A Use suitable cookware.

3.15 Fault Code FE45

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-31

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 59: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.16 Fault Code FE46

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.17 Fault Code FE47

Cause

Right cooling-fan airflow blocked.

Remedy

A Check installation conditions.

A If necessary, provide sufficient ventilation.

A Briefly disconnect appliance from power.

Cause

Right cooling fan blocked.

Remedy

A Remove blockage.

A Briefly disconnect appliance from power.

Cause

Right cooling fan defective.

Remedy

A Replace right cooling fan; see Cooling Fan (3M2-1/4M2-1) Removal, 001 4.13.

A If neither cooling fan is functioning:

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) defective.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-32 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 60: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Cause

Filter electronic (N1-8) defective.

Remedy

A Replace filter electronic (N1-8); see Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal, 0014.15.

3.18 Fault Code FE48

Cause

Left cooling-fan airflow blocked.

Remedy

A Check installation conditions.

A If necessary, provide sufficient ventilation.

A Briefly disconnect appliance from power.

Cause

Left cooling fan blocked.

Remedy

A Remove blockage.

A Briefly disconnect appliance from power.

Cause

Left cooling fan defective.

Remedy

A Replace left cooling fan; see Cooling Fan (3M2-1/4M2-1) Removal, 001 4.13.

A If neither cooling fan is functioning:

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) defective.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-33

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 61: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Cause

Filter electronic (N1-8) defective.

Remedy

A Replace filter electronic (N1-8); see Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal, 0014.15.

3.19 Fault Code FE51

Cause

PTC for burner defective.

Remedy

A Test temperature sensor. For resistance values, see C Table 8.

A If necessary, replace induction coil with PTC; see Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6) Removal, 001 4.10.

Cause

Contact fault.

Remedy

A Check plug contact.

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-34 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 62: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.20 Fault Code FE52

Cause

PTC for burner defective.

Remedy

A Test temperature sensor. For resistance values, see C Table 8.

A If necessary, replace induction coil with PTC; see Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6) Removal, 001 4.10.

Cause

Contact fault.

Remedy

A Check plug contact.

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.21 Fault Code FE53

Cause

PTC for burner defective.

Remedy

A Test temperature sensor. For resistance values, see C Table 8.

A If necessary, replace induction coil with PTC; see Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6) Removal, 001 4.10.

Cause

Contact fault.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-35

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 63: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Check plug contact.

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.22 Fault Code FE54

Cause

PTC for burner defective.

Remedy

A Test temperature sensor. For resistance values, see C Table 8.

A If necessary, replace induction coil with PTC; see Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6) Removal, 001 4.10.

Cause

Contact fault.

Remedy

A Check plug contact.

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-36 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 64: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.23 Fault Code FE60

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.24 Fault Code FE80

Cause

Wrong model programmed.

Remedy

A Program the correct model; see Service Programming Mode, 001 4.1.

Cause

Wrong control/power electronic (A3) installed.

Remedy

A Check the material number of the control/power electronic.

A If necessary, install the correct control/power electronic; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-37

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 65: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.25 Fault Code FE85

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.26 Fault Code FE86

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.27 Fault Code FE88

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-38 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 66: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.28 Appliance Shuts Itself Off

Symptom

Appliance shuts itself off. No fault indicated in cooktop display.

Cause

Electronics fault.

Remedy

A Disconnect from power.

A Replace display electronic (1N1-8); see Display Electronic (1N1-8) Removal,001 4.11.

3.29 Displayed at Switch-On - Appliance Does Not Heat

Symptom

displayed at switch-on. Appliance can be turned on, selected power levelsare displayed, but burners do not heat.

Cause

Appliance is in demo mode.

Remedy

A Deactivate demo mode; see Demo Mode Activation/Deactivation, 001 4.2.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-39

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 67: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.30 “0” Displayed Instead of Set Power Level – Burner Does Not Heat

Symptom

The switch knob for burner is not at “0”, but the burner does not heat. In thedisplay 0 lights or flashes alternately with the residual-heat indicator .

Cause

Power failure.

Remedy

A Briefly switch the burner off and back on. The burner will now heat to the setpower level.

Cause

Burner switched on for longer than 3 minutes with a suitable pan in place.

Remedy

A Briefly switch the burner off and back on. The burner will now heat to the setpower level.

Cause

The maximum operating time of the burner has been exceeded.

Remedy

A Briefly switch the burner off and back on. The burner will now heat to the setpower level.

A Maximum operating times, see 001 2.14 Safety Shutoff.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-40 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 68: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.31 Residual-Heat Indicator Flashes

Cause

After a power failure or after programming was done during residual-heat time,the residual-heat indicator flashes even though the burners are cold.

Remedy

A None. Wait for the flashing residual-heat indicator to go out.

A Or: Switch all burners on for at least 5 s and then switch them off again. Theresidual-heat indicator will be steady and then go out after residual-heat timehas expired.

3.32 Booster Switches Off Prematurely

Cause

Not a fault! Power management.

Power management prevents the maximum power for the power electronic frombeing exceeded; see 001 2.11 Power Management.

Remedy

A None. After reducing the power of the last-switched-on burner can the first-switched-on burner – on the same control/power electronic module – beoperated again with the desired power.

Cause

Not a fault! Overheat protection.

Overheat protection has tripped; see 001 2.16 Overheat Protection.

Remedy

A Let the appliance cool. After this, all burners will be ready for use again.

A Make sure that sufficient ventilation is provided with the current installationsetup.

A Replace the cooling fan as necessary; see Cooling Fan (3M2-1/4M2-1)Removal, 001 4.13.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-41

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 69: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.33 Burner Switches Off

Cause

Not a fault! Power management.

Power management prevents the maximum power for the power electronic frombeing exceeded; see 001 2.11 Power Management.

Remedy

A None. After reducing the power of the last-switched-on burner can the first-switched-on burner – on the same control/power electronic module – beoperated again with the desired power.

Cause

Not a fault! Overheat protection.

Overheat protection has tripped; see 001 2.16 Overheat Protection.

Remedy

A Let the appliance cool. After this, the burner will operate again with the setpower.

A Make sure that sufficient ventilation is provided with the current installationsetup.

A Replace the cooling fan as necessary; see Cooling Fan (3M2-1/4M2-1)Removal, 001 4.13.

3.34 Burner Does Not Heat with Set Power Level

Cause

Not a fault! Power management.

Power management prevents the maximum power for the power electronic frombeing exceeded; see 001 2.11 Power Management.

Remedy

A None. After reducing the power of the last-switched-on burner can the first-switched-on burner – on the same control/power electronic module – beoperated again with the desired power.

Cause

Not a fault! Overheat protection.

Overheat protection has tripped; see 001 2.16 Overheat Protection.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-42 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 70: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Let the appliance cool. After this, the burner will operate again with the setpower.

A Make sure that sufficient ventilation is provided with the current installationsetup.

A Replace the cooling fan as necessary; see Cooling Fan (3M2-1/4M2-1)Removal, 001 4.13.

3.35 Power Level Drops When a Second Burner is Switched On

Symptom

When switching on an additional burner and Booster is activated, the power levelof the already-switched-on burner is reduced to power level 8 or lower.

Cause

Not a fault! Power management.

Power management prevents the maximum power for the power electronic frombeing exceeded; see 001 2.11 Power Management.

Remedy

A None. After reducing the power of the last-switched-on burner, the first-switched-on burner – on the same control/power electronic module – can beoperated again at the desired power.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-43

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 71: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.36 Fuse Track on Filter Electronic (N1-8) Burnt Through

Symptomx

Fig. 3: Fuse Holders on Filter Electronic (N1-8) for Control/Power Electronic (A3),Right and Left

1 Fuse holder 1F8 an L1 for right module of the control/powerelectronic (A3)

2 Fuse holder 2F8 an L2 for left module of the control/powerelectronic (A3)

One of the fuse tracks between the fuse holders on the L1 or L2 input line (filterelectronic N1-8, 001 Fig. 3, Pos. 1, Pos. 2) is burnt through.

Cause

Control/power electronic (A3) fault.

Fuse tracks are provided to protect the filter electronic; they can burn through witha control/power electronic fault.

Parts requiredx

Quantity Mat. no. Designation

Control/power electronic – See the parts CD

Remedy

A Check the control/power electronic (A3); see Control/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18.

A If necessary, replace the control/power electronic (A3); see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-44 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 72: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A If necessary, neatly cut through any residue from the burnt fuse track on thefilter electronic (N1-8).

A Install the fuse provided with the conversion kit in the appropriate fuse holder.x

Note

Replacing the filter electronic (N1-8) is usually not required. Any electricalconductivity around the charred area can be ignored.

3.37 Faulty Cooktop Function after Electronics Replacement

Symptom

Faulty cooktop function after electronics replacement.

Cause

Wrong model programming.

Remedy

A Program the correct model type; see Service Programming Mode, 001 4.1.

3.38 Cooling Fan Switches Itself On, Even Though Cooktop is ShutOff

Symptom

The cooktop is switched off after use. After some time, the cooling fan switchesitself on briefly.

Cause

After using the cooktop, heat can build up. If the electronic detects that thetemperature threshold of 122°F (50°C) at the heat sink temperature sensor hasbeen exceeded, the cooling fan switches itself on.

Remedy

A Not a fault: See 001 2.22 Appliance Function with Heat Buildup/C Table 7.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-45

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 73: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.39 Cooling Fan Keeps Running after Cooktop is Shut Off

Symptom

The cooktop is switched off after use. The cooling fan stays on.

Cause

The cooling fan stays on until any remaining heat has been transferred outside.The cooling fan stays on until a temperature < 113°F (45°C) is measured at thetemperature sensor.

Remedy

A Not a fault: See 001 2.22 Appliance Function with Heat Buildup/C Table 7.

3.40 No Appliance Function/Induction Coil Contacts Burnt

Symptom

No appliance function. The connection contacts on the induction coils are burnt.

Cause

The induction coil connection contact screws on the control/power module havenot been tightened properly during production or subsequent service work. Thisleads to high transfer resistance which has in turn caused charring of the contactswhen high currents flow.

Remedy

A Replace the control/power electronic; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

x

Note

The screws securing the induction coil connection contacts must be tightlysecured.

A Replace the affected induction coil; see Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6)Removal, 001 4.10.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-46 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 74: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.41 No Appliance Function/Induction Coil Charred

Symptom

The appliance is inoperative. After removing the ceramic surface, an indefinableodor can be noted emanating from the induction coil. In addition the insulationmaterial is discolored. The induction coil shows signs of charring. As asubsequent fault, the control-power module may be faulty; see No ApplianceFunction; Control/Power Electronic Defective, 001 3.42.

Cause

Pan made of unsuitable material in use. A heavily concave pan base prevents thetemperature sensor from activating correctly. The induction coil overheats. Inexceptional cases, the overheating can cause short circuits in the coil winding. Asa result, this can damage the control-power module.

Remedyx

Note

To prevent this from happening again, advise the customer not to use theunsuitable pots or pans!

A Replace the affected induction coil; see Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6)Removal, 001 4.10.

A Check the filter electronic and fuse tracks; see Filter Electronic: PCB FuseTracks Check, 001 4.21.

A Replace the control/power electronic; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-47

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 75: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.42 No Appliance Function; Control/Power Electronic Defective

Symptom

No appliance function. The control/power electronic is defective. This fault canoccur simultaneously with a charred induction coil; see No Appliance Function/Induction Coil Charred, 001 3.41.

Cause

Pan made of unsuitable material in use. A heavily concave pan base prevents thetemperature sensor from activating correctly. The induction coil overheats. Inexceptional cases the overheating can cause short circuits in the coil winding.

Remedyx

Note

To prevent this from happening again, advise the customer not to use theunsuitable pots or pans!

A Replace the affected induction coil; see Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6)Removal, 001 4.10.

A Check the filter electronic and fuse tracks; see Filter Electronic: PCB FuseTracks Check, 001 4.21.

A Replace the control/power electronic; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

3.43 Pot/Pan Noises

Cause

Noises from pots and pans.

Remedy

A See the general DTD, 26-0000.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-48 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 76: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.44 Uneven Browning

Cause

Uneven distribution of heat in pots and pans.

Remedy

A For details of testing/comparing heat distribution (for induction only) of potsand pans, see the general DTD, 26-0000.

3.45 Auto-Boost Times Too long

Cause

Efficiency factor of pots and pans.

Remedy

A For details of testing/comparing power during the AutoBoost stage (forinduction only) of pots and pans, see the general DTD, 26-0000.

3.46 Power Levels Not Shown or Displayed Uncontrolled

Cause

Electronics fault.

Remedy

A Replace the display electronic (1N1-8); see Display Electronic (1N1-8)Removal, 001 4.11.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-49

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 77: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4 Service

4.1 Service Programming Mode

Initial requirements

A Cooktop is switched off.

Accessingx

Note

If there is an existing fault, A will not be displayed for the following steps.

A Turn the switch knob for burner to and hold. A is shown in the displayfor burner .

A Turn the switch knob for burner to 5x briefly (< 1 sec) and hold on the5th time. A is shown in the display for burner .

Acknowledgement indicator

P (for programming function) is displayed at the top left and S (for status) at thetop right.

Programming function 7. (17) is displayed at the bottom left and program status 1.at the bottom right.

Note for program status:

The decimal point next to the 1 does not symbolize the digit 11 like with othercooktops, but rather the current saved program status.

Optionsx

Note

If a switch knob unrelated to programming is turned instead, programming modewill be ended without any changes being saved.

A Turn the switch knob for burner to set the desired program status; see 001Table 12.

A Wait 3 s until the decimal point behind the set program status appears.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-50 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 78: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Note

Model programming is possible in spite of an existing fault (FE 39, FE 40 or FE80).

Service programming mode

Programming function Program status Factory setting Notes

P17 Model S1

for HR 1622[USA]/HR 1622[CAN] or forreplacementelectronics

S1 —

Table 12: Service Programming Mode

Save and quit

A To save the program status and start data transfer, turn the switch knob forburner all the way counterclockwise and hold for at least 3 s.

A Data transfer is signalized by three stacked dashes in the display. All LCDdashes and dots in the display light up for approx. 1 s.

A When data transfer has finished, the cooktop will automatically reset.

Quit (without saving)

A Turn any switch knob not used for programming.

4.2 Demo Mode Activation/Deactivation

Initial requirements

A Cooktop is switched off.

Accessingx

Note

If there is an existing fault, A will not be displayed for the following steps.

A Turn the switch knob for burner to and hold. A is shown in the displayfor burner .

A Turn the switch knob for burner to 3x briefly (< 1 sec) and hold on the3rd time. A is shown in the display for burner .

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-51

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 79: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Acknowledgement indicator

is shown in the display for burner and is shown in the display for burnerfor 3 s.

The demo mode is switched on.

Options

To deactivate demo mode, repeat the above procedure.

0 is shown for 3 s in the displays for all burners.

Demo mode is deactivated and the cooktop can now be used normally.

Save and quit

A —

Quit (without saving)

A —

4.3 Ceramic Surface Damage Analysis

A For damage analysis, see the general DTD, 26-0000.

4.4 Auto-Boost Test

A Switch the cooktop on.

A Activate Auto-Boost; see 001 2.17 Auto-Boost.

A Measure the Auto-Boost time for the selected power level.

A Compare this measured Auto-Boost time with the values given in C Table 10.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-52 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 80: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.5 Switch Knob Removal

A Switch the appliance off.

A Turn the switch knob to the “0” (12 o'clock) position.

A Pull the switch knob forward off of its base and remove it.

4.6 Switch Knob Installationx

Note

Switch knobs can only be installed in the “0” (12 o'clock) position.

Before installing the switch knob, the cooktop must be installed and securedcorrectly.

A Switch the appliance off.

A Push the switch knob into its base until it snaps/clicks into place.

4.7 Cooktop Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.x

Warning!

Avoid damaging the appliance!

Before removing the cooktop, have a suitable mat or blanket ready.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-53

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 81: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Warning!

Avoid damaging the appliance!

Not following these instructions will lead to component damage!

Switch knobs may only be removed/installed in the “0” (12 o'clock) position.

A Remove all switch knobs from the fascia panel; see Switch Knob Removal,001 4.5.

x

Fig. 4

A Remove the T20 screw securing the intermediate cover plate (001 Fig. 4, Pos.9); unclip this cover plate and release it from the rear cover panel.

A Remove the T20 screw securing the pipe cover plate (001 Fig. 4, Pos. 11);release this cover plate from the rear cover panel.

A Remove the elevenT20 screws securing the rear cover panel (001 Fig. 4,Pos. 1 and 3). Note: The above illustration shows only nine screws securingthe cover panel; however, there is an additional screw on the left side of thepanel and an additional screw above the inlet valve that will also have to beremoved.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-54 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 82: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Take off the rear cover panel (001 Fig. 4, Pos. 2).

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the terminal block cover plate (001 Fig.4, Pos. 5).

A Take off the terminal block cover plate (001 Fig. 4, Pos. 6).

A Remove the sevenT20 screws securing the outside rear panel (001 Fig. 4,Pos. 7).

A Take off the outside rear panel (001 Fig. 4, Pos. 8).

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the inlet valve mounting bracket (to theright of the rear cover panel); take off this mounting bracket.

x

Fig. 5

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-55

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 83: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Release the cable clips (or cut the zip ties) securing the cooktop's wires (001Fig. 5, Pos. 1).

A Disconnect the cooktop wires (001 Fig. 5, Pos. 2) from the terminal block.x

Fig. 6

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the right and left bottom brackets on theinside of the oven casing (001 Fig. 6).

x

Fig. 7

A Disconnect the 8-pin wiring harness from the connector on the underside ofthe cooktop (001 Fig. 7).

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-56 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 84: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 8

A Unhook the cooktop: Push the cooktop back as far as it will go, and then pull itslightly forward (approx. 5mm), until the screws on both sides are unhooked(001 Fig. 8).

x

Fig. 9

A Place 2 lid openers between the cooktop and oven (001 Fig. 9).

A On the opposite side, if necessary, place 2 lid openers between the cooktopand oven.

A Take off the cooktop and lay it, ceramic surface facing down, on the mat orblanket.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-57

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 85: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 10

A Remove the switch-knob adapters (001 Fig. 10, Pos. 1).

4.8 Ceramic Surface Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-58 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 86: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Lay the cooktop with the ceramic surface facing upward on the mat orblanket.

x

Fig. 11

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing each side of the ceramic surface to thecooktop base (001 Fig. 11, Pos. 1).

A Lift the ceramic surface up and off of the cooktop base.

4.9 Distributor Board (2N1-1) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A From the underside of the cooktop, release the distributor board from thestandoffs (squeeze the three standoff retainers together, using needlenosepliers, while pulling up on the board).

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-59

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 87: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 12

1 Distributor board (2N1-1)2 Connection X4 for potentiometer (3R32), burner3 Connection X1 for potentiometer (1R32), burner4 Connection X8 for display electronic (1N1-8)5 Connection X2 for potentiometer (2R32), burner6 Connection X3 for potentiometer (4R32), burner

A Disconnect all wiring harnesses from the distributor board (001 Fig. 12, Pos.2, Pos. 3, Pos. 4, Pos. 5, Pos. 6).

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-60 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 88: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.10 Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Ceramic Surface Removal, 001 4.8.x

Fig. 13

A Loosen the twoT25 screws securing the wiring for the appropriate inductioncoil (001 Fig. 13, Pos. 1).

A Release the coil wiring from the control/power electronic.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-61

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 89: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Disconnect the temperature sensor's 2-pin wiring harness from the control/power electronic (001 Fig. 13, Pos. 2).

A Release and remove the induction coil from the mounting bracket.x

Warning!

Avoid damaging the appliance!

When reinstalling, make sure that the T25 screws securing the wiring are tightlyfastened, because otherwise the wires can be burned; see No ApplianceFunction/Induction Coil Contacts Burnt, 001 3.40.

4.11 Display Electronic (1N1-8) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Ceramic Surface Removal, 001 4.8.

A Release the display/selection electronic from the standoffs (squeeze thestandoff retainers together, using needlenose pliers, while pulling up on thedisplay electronic).

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-62 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 90: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 14

1 Display electronic (1N1-8)2 Connection X8 for distributor board (2N1-2)3 Connection X1 for control/power electronic (A3)4 Connection X7 for oven

A Disconnect the three wiring harnesses from the display electronic (001 Fig.14, Pos. 2, Pos. 3, Pos. 4).

x

Note

After replacing the display electronic, the model must be reprogrammed (seeService Programming Mode, 001 4.1).

4.12 Induction-Coil Mounting Bracket Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-63

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 91: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Ceramic Surface Removal, 001 4.8.

A Induction Coil (1L6/2L6/3L6/4L6) Removal, 001 4.10.

A Display Electronic (1N1-8) Removal, 001 4.11.

A Disconnect the two ground wires from the top mounting bracket.x

Note

The illustration below shows only a bottom mounting bracket, but US modelshave both a bottom mounting bracket and a top mounting bracket.

Fig. 15

A Mark the position for each coil on the top mounting bracket.

A Remove the six T20 screws securing the top mounting bracket to the cooktopbase (not shown).

A Release all wiring from the top mounting bracket; take off this bracket.

A Remove the fourteenT20 screws securing the bottom mounting bracket (001Fig. 15, Pos. 1) to the cooktop base.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-64 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 92: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Disconnect the 8-pin wiring harness from the bottom mounting bracket, thenunclip all wiring and feed it through the opening on the bottom mountingbracket.

A Lift the bottom mounting bracket up and off of the cooktop base.x

Note

When reinstalling the bottom mounting bracket, pay attention to screw locations.The eight longer ones screw into the plastic housing underneath the bracket andthe six shorter ones go around the perimeter.

4.13 Cooling Fan (3M2-1/4M2-1) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Ceramic Surface Removal, 001 4.8.

A Induction-Coil Mounting Bracket Removal, 001 4.12.

A Disconnect the appropriate fan from the control/power electronic.

A Release and remove the fan from the cooktop base.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-65

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 93: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.14 Cooktop Control/Power Electronic (A3) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Ceramic Surface Removal, 001 4.8.

A Induction-Coil Mounting Bracket Removal, 001 4.12.x

Fig. 16: Electronic Connections

1 Jumper N between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3), left module

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-66 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 94: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2 Jumper L2 between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/powerelectronic (A3), left module

3 Connection X34 for left cooling fan (4M2-1)4 Connection X22 for PTC (R30), burner (2L6)5 Connections X18, X19 for burner (2L6)6 Connection X23 for PTC (R30), burner (3L6)7 Connections X20, X21 for burner (3L6)8 Connection X33 for display electronic (1N1-8)9 Connection X1 for filter electronic ribbon cable (N1-8)10 Connections X24, X25 for burner (1L6)11 Connection X28 for PTC (R30), burner (1L6)12 Connections X26, X27 for burner (4L6)13 Connection X29 for PTC (R30), burner (4L6)14 Connection X35 for right cooling fan (3M2-1)15 Jumper L1 between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power

electronic (A3), right module16 Jumper N1 between filter electronic (N1-8) and control/power

electronic (A3), right module17 Connection X15 for ribbon cable control/power electronic (A3)

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-67

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 95: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Warning!

Avoid damaging the control/power electronic and the filter electronic!

When disconnecting the ribbon cable, use only the special pliers provided withthe replacement electronic(s).x

Fig. 17

Insert the special pliers into the notches on the sides of the plug (001 Fig. 17)and squeeze.

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the control/power electronic (001Fig. 16).

A Remove the four metal bridges between the filter electronic and control/powerelectronic (001 Fig. 16).

A Unclip and remove the control/power electronic from the cooktop base.

A Lever the control/power electronic over and off of its standoffs.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-68 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 96: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Notex

Fig. 18: Fuse Holders on Filter Electronic (N1-8) for Control/Power Electronic(A3), Right and Left Modules

1 Fuse holder 1F8 (F101) at L1 for control/power electronic (A3),right module

2 Fuse holder 2F8 (F100) at L2 for control/power electronic (A3), leftmodule

After connecting the replacement electronic, use an ohmmeter to measure thecontinuity at both fuse holders on the filter electronic (N1-8).

If the resistance is 0 ohms, no further work is necessary.

If the resistance is infinite, then install the appropriate fuse included with thereplacement kit in its holder on the filter electronic.

Note

Replacing the filter electronic (N1-8) is generally not required. Any electricalconductivity around the charred area can be ignored.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-69

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 97: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.15 Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Cooktop Wiring Removal, 001 4.16.

A Ceramic Surface Removal, 001 4.8.

A Induction-Coil Mounting Bracket Removal, 001 4.12.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-70 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 98: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Warning!

Avoid damaging the control/power electronic and the filter electronic!

When disconnecting the ribbon cable, use only the special pliers provided withthe replacement electronic(s).x

Fig. 19

Insert the special pliers into the notches on the sides of the plug (001 Fig. 19)and squeeze.

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the filter electronic (001 Fig. 16).

A Remove the four metal bridges between the filter electronic and control/powerelectronic (001 Fig. 16).

A Unclip and remove the filter electronic from the cooktop base.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-71

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 99: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.16 Cooktop Wiring Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Turn the cooktop upside down.

A Unsnap the lid from the connection box using a flathead screwdriver.

A Remove the screw securing the strain relief, if applicable.

A Take off the strain relief.

A Loosen the T20 screws securing the cooktop wires to the terminal block.

A Release and remove the cooktop wires from the terminal block.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-72 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 100: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.17 Switch Knob Potentiometer (1R32/2R32/3R32/4R32) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Disconnect the electrical connections from the back of the appropriate switchknob potentiometer.

A Pull the adapter off of the front of the switch knob potentiometer.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-73

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 101: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 20

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the front of the switch knobpotentiometer to the mounting bracket (001 Fig. 20, Pos. 1).

A Pull the switch knob potentiometer (001 Fig. 20, Pos. 2) back and out of themounting bracket.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-74 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 102: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.18 Control/Power Electronic: Power Transistor (IGBT) Testx

Warning!

The appliance must be disconnected from power for this test!

Note

Required tools:

• Multimeter

Notes:

A technical defect at the power transistors (IGBT) on the control/power modulecan lead to faulty operation of the cooktop. This test can be used to establish ifthe power transistors (IGBT) are a possible cause of faults.

Fig. 21

A Check all power transistors on the control/power electronic: There should beresistance between the middle (001 Fig. 21, Pos. 1) and outer contacts (001Fig. 21, Pos. 2).

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-75

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 103: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Note

If a resistance of 0.9 - 1.5 MΩ is measured, the appropriate power transistor is inorder.

If a lower resistance is measured, the following fault may exist at the appropriatepower transistor:

Fault:

– Power transistor defective.

Remedy:

– Replace the control/power electronic; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

4.19 Control/Power Electronic: Rectifier Testx

Warning!

The appliance must be disconnected from power for this test!

Note

Required tools:

• Multimeter

Notes:

A technical defect at the rectifier on the control/power module can lead to faultyoperation of the cooktop. This test can be used to establish if a faulty rectifier isa possible cause of faults.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-76 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 104: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Fig. 22

1 Rectifier contacts2 Rectifier

A Measure the resistance of all rectifier contacts (see 001 Fig. 22, Pos. 1)against one another.

x

Note

If a very high resistance is measured, the rectifier is in order.

If a low resistance is measured, the following fault may exist at the rectifier:

Fault:

– Rectifier defective.

Remedy:

– Replace the control/power electronic; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-77

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 105: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.20 Filter Electronic: Voltage Supply Test

Danger!

Risk of electric shock!

Touching voltage-carrying components can lead to electric shock!

The following test must be performed on an appliance connected to power.

The test must be performed following all appropriate safety guidelines.

Note

To prevent incorrect readings, perform this test with the selection electronicdisconnected.

Note

Required tools:

• Multimeter

Notes:

A faulty power supply to the filter module can lead to faulty operation of thecooktop. This test can be used to establish if a faulty power supply to the filtermodule is a possible cause of faults.

Fig. 23

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-78 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 106: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Fig. 24

1 Live L12 Live L23 Live L34 Neutral N5 Neutral N6 Ground PE

A Take measurements between the connection contacts (001 Fig. 24) with amultimeter.

x

Note

Measurements taken between the various contacts must match the values givenin 001 Fig. 23.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-79

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 107: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Note

If the figures given in 001 Fig. 23 are measured at the various contacts, thepower supply is in order.

If widely varying results are measured, the following fault may exist:

Fault:

• Power connection faulty.

Remedy:

• Check power connection.

• Ensure that the induction coil power connection terminal screws areproperly tightened.

• Check that all necessary copper bridges are installed at the powerconnection.

4.21 Filter Electronic: PCB Fuse Tracks Checkx

Warning!

The appliance must be disconnected from power for this test!

Note

Required tools:

• Multimeter

Notes:

A technical defect in the control/power module can cause an open circuit in thePCB fuse tracks. This test can be used to establish if a faulty control/powermodule is a possible cause of faults.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-80 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 108: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Fig. 25

A Check the PCB fuse tracks for visible signs of damage (001 Fig. 25, Pos. 2).

A Check the resistance of the fuse holders with a multimeter (001 Fig. 25, Pos.1, Pos. 3).

x

Note

If a resistance of 0Ω is measured, the PCB fuse is in order.

If an infinite resistance is measured, the following fault may exist:

Fault:

• Control/power electronic defective.

Remedy:

Note:

It is not necessary to replace the filter module!

• Check the power transistors; see Control/Power Electronic: PowerTransistor (IGBT) Test, 001 4.18.

• Replace the control/power electronic; see Cooktop Control/Power Electronic(A3) Removal, 001 4.14.

• Install a fine-wire fuse in the appropriate fuse holder on the filter module.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-81

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 109: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.22 Filter Electronic: Filter Electronic and Ribbon Cable Check

Danger!

Risk of electric shock!

Touching voltage-carrying components can lead to electric shock!

The following test must be performed on an appliance connected to power.

The test must be performed following all appropriate safety guidelines.

Note

In order to avoid the possibility of incorrect measurements being taken, carry outthis test with the selection module disconnected.

Note

Required tools:

• Multimeter

• Narrow measuring probes

Notes:

A technical defect at the filter module can lead to faulty operation of the cooktop.This test can be used to establish if the filter module is a possible cause offaults.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-82 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 110: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Fig. 26

1 Measured value approx. 1V2 Measured value approx. 5V3 Measured value approx. 5V4 Measured value approx. 3V5 Measured value approx. 12V

A Take measurements between the plug contacts on the control/power moduleand ground (GND) on the control/power module; see 001 Fig. 26.

x

Note

Measurements taken between the various contacts must match the values in001 Fig. 26.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-83

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 111: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Fig. 27

1 Measured value approx. 5V2 Measured value approx. 5V3 Measured value approx. 1V4 Measured value approx. 3V5 Measured value approx. 12V

A Take measurements between the plug contacts on the filter module andground (GND) on the control/power module; see 001 Fig. 27.

x

Note

Measurements taken between the various contacts must match the values in001 Fig. 27.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-84 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 112: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Note

If the given values are measured at the contacts of both plugs, the filter moduleand ribbon cable are in order.

If widely differing values are measured at the two plugs, the following faults mayexist:

Measurement:

– Widely differing values are measured at the plug contacts on the control/powermodule.

– Widely differing values are measured at the plug contacts on the filter module.

Fault:

– Filter electronic defective.

Remedy:

– Replace the filter module; see Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

Measurement:

– Widely differing values are measured at the plug contacts on the control/powermodule.

– The correct values are measured at the plug contacts on the filter module.

Fault:

– Ribbon cable defective.

Remedy:

– Replace the ribbon cable.

4.23 Filter Module/Control/Power Module: Connection Pins (BridgesL1, L2 and N) Checkx

Danger!

Risk of electric shock!

Touching voltage-carrying components can lead to electric shock!

The following test must be performed on an appliance connected to power.

The test must be performed following all appropriate safety guidelines.

Note

In order to avoid the possibility of incorrect measurements being taken, carry outthis test with the selection module disconnected.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-85

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 113: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Note

Required tools:

• Multimeter

Notes:

A technical defect at the power relay on the filter module can lead to faultyoperation of the cooktop. This test can be used to establish if the power relay onthe filter module is a possible cause of faults.

Fig. 28

1 Reading 0Vx

Note

The measured values for this test are given in 001 Fig. 28.

A Check the voltage between the connection pins.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-86 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 114: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Note

If a voltage of 0V is measured at the appropriate connection pins, the filtermodule is in order.

If a voltage of 208V or 240V is measured at the appropriate connection pins, thefollowing faults may exist:

Fault:

– Power relay contacts fused on the filter module.

Remedy:

– Replace the filter module; see Filter Electronic (N1-8) Removal, 001 4.15.

4.24 Test/Comparison Noise Development in Pots and Pans

A For details of testing noise development (for induction only) of pots and pans,see DTD 26-0000.

4.25 Heat Distribution Test/Comparison

A For details of testing/comparing heat distribution (for induction only) of potsand pans, see DTD 26-0000.

4.26 AutoBoost Time Test/Comparison

A For details of testing/comparing power during the AutoBoost stage (forinduction only) of pots and pans, see DTD 26-0000.

4.27 Power Test/Comparison

A For details of testing/comparing power during the AutoBoost stage (forinduction only) of pots and pans, see DTD 26-0000.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 001-87

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 115: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.28 Pan Recognition Test/Comparison

A For details of testing/comparing recognition (for induction only) of pots andpans, see DTD 26-0000.

Descriptive Technical Documentation001-88 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 116: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

002 Oven

2 Function

2.1 Optical Interfacex

Fig. 1

The oven has an optical interface for diagnostics and program updates (002 Fig.1, Pos. 1).

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 117: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.2 Wireless Roast Probe

2.2.1 Components

2.2.1.1 Wireless Roast Probex

Fig. 2

1 Roast probe electronic (EPI)2 Power cord3 Antenna (inside appliance)4 Roast probe4.1 Antenna (roast probe)4.2 SAW sensor element4.3 Piezoelectric element4.4 Reflector

The "wireless roast probe" system (002 Fig. 2) is comprised of the electronic (002Fig. 2, Pos. 1), the power cord (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 2), the antenna (002 Fig. 2, Pos.3) and the roast probe (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 4).

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 118: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 3

1 SAW sensor element2 Antenna

The roast probe consists of the SAW sensor element (002 Fig. 3, Pos. 1) and theantenna (002 Fig. 3, Pos. 2) of the sensor element.

2.2.2 Description of “Wireless Roast Probe” System

The wireless roast probe does not use batteries because the sensor element isactivated piezoelectrically (i.e. by pressure).

The EPI electronic (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 1) of the wireless roast probe thermometertransmits and receives all frequencies in the high-frequency ISM band between433.05MHz and 434.79MHz to use for temperature measurement. Thistransmission/reception runs sequentially and constantly (but with a milliseconddelay between transmission and reception). The frequency band is subdivided sothat one frequency corresponds to only one temperature. The high-frequencysignal activates the sensor element (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 4.2) inside the roast probe inorder to generate an acoustic surface wave.

An acoustic surface wave (engl. “SAW” for surface acoustic wave) is an impactsound wave that breaks smoothly across a surface. This surface wave is verysensitive to temperature changes.

These changes produce a shift in the reflected surface wave and generate achange in the reflected high-frequency signal. This modified HF signal uses theelectronic for temperature measurement, in which it compares the transmittedsignal to the received signal.

2.2.3 Frequency Transmission/Reception in the “Wireless Roast Probe” System

1. The electronic (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 1) generates a high-frequency signal that isconverted by the antenna (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 3) into an electromagnetic wave.

2. The antenna (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 4.1) converts the electromagnetic wave backinto a high-frequency signal.

3. The high-frequency signal generates an acoustic surface wave in thepiezoelectric element (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 4.3).

4. The acoustic surface wave is reflected by the reflectors (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 4.4),which generates a resonator frequency.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 119: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

5. The resonator frequency changes with the current cavity temperature. Thischange in resonator frequency is used for temperature measurement.

6. The resonator frequency is converted back into a high-frequency signal andsent back via the antenna (002 Fig. 2, Pos. 4.1) to the electronic (002 Fig. 2,Pos. 1).

7. A change in the received high-frequency signal equals a change in themeasured cavity temperature.

2.2.4 Use of the Wireless Roast Probe Thermometerx

Fig. 4

1 Optimal insertion angle2 Insertion angle 30° from oven cavity floor3 Oven cavity floor4 Food5 Roast probe

To ensure correct function, always insert the roast probe into the food at an anglegreater than 30° from the oven cavity floor (002 Fig. 4, Pos. 2).x

Note

The more vertically the roast probe is inserted, the better the signal. Make surethat the roast probe is not inserted into the food with its handle pointed towardsthe door.

The roast probe must be inserted with its tip in the approximate center of the food,so that the core temperature of the food can be accurately read. Make sure thatthe tip of the roast probe is not touching any bones or areas with a lot of fatbecause this will affect the temperature reading.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 120: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

For core-temperature testing, the appliance door must be closed. If the door isopened during a cooking program or function test, radio (signal) transmission willbe open-circuited and only restored after the door has been closed.x

Warning!

Risk of mechanical damage.

The roast probe must not be loaded mechanically, e.g., for lifting food, becausethis can bend or break the roast probe.

Warning!

Heat damage of the roast probe is possible.

The roast probe must not remain in the oven cavity when it is not in use.

Always keep the roast probe in the holder provided when not in use.

2.2.5 Measuring the Core Temperature Using Conventional Methods

This paragraph outlines the reasons why measuring the core temperature withconventional methods is not possible.

Parallel temperature measurement with a wireless roast probe and aconventional meter.

Identical test results are not possible with two different insertion positions/twodifferent meters.

Reason: The temperatures will be different because meat is not a homogeneousmass.

A conventional meter can disrupt the signal transmission in the wireless roastprobe thermometer.

Using the insertion hole of the wireless roast probe thermometer formeasuring the core temperature.

The insertion hole of the wireless roast probe thermometer should not be used formeasuring the core temperature with a conventional meter.

Reason: When the wireless roast probe thermometer is removed, meat juices canrun out. This will result in a different temperature reading than that registered bythe conventional meter.

Parallel temperature measurement with a wireless roast probe and aconventional meter in a water glass.

Parallel temperature measurement with a wireless roast probe and a conventionalmeter in a water glass is not possible.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-5

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 121: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Reason: A conventional meter can disrupt the signal transmission in the wirelessroast probe thermometer. The heat distribution in water is different than in meat.Temperature increases noticeably more quickly in water. This can lead toinaccurate readings from the wireless roast probe system.

2.3 Self-Clean

2.3.1 General Information

The self-clean program is for automatic self-cleaning of the oven. During self-clean the cavity is heated to a high oven middle temperature (GMT) in order toburn off any existing soiling. Because the oven middle temperature (GMT) isabove 400°C (752°F), the cavity must be locked during self-clean. Someaccessories must be removed from the cavity before self-clean starts.

After self-clean has finished, the residue must be removed from the cavity by thecustomer.

2.3.2 Selecting Self-Clean Mode

The method of selecting the self-clean mode depends on model (see 002 Table1):x

Model class Selection method

Reference Selector switch

Prestige Direct touchpads

Table 1: Model Class/Selection Method

2.3.3 Selecting a Self-Clean Level

After selecting self-clean mode, the customer can select from 3 self-clean levels(see 002 Table 2):x

Self-clean level Description Duration Factory setting

1 Shortest self-clean program/light soiling

approx. 140 min

Self-clean level 12 Average self-clean program/

medium soilingapprox. 210 min

3 Longest self-clean program/heavy soiling

approx. 290 min

Table 2: Self-Clean Levels

2.3.4 Before Starting Self-Clean

In models with text display (Prestige), details of which accessories must beremoved from the cavity before self-cleaning is started are displayed to thecustomer:

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-6 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 122: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

– Cookie sheets

– Universal trays

– Roast probe

Runners, combi-racks and FlexiClips are self-cleaning-proof. These accessoriesmay remain in the cavity.x

Note

Wireless roast probe (Prestige models only):

If the wireless roast probe is registered as being present in the oven before self-cleaning is started, a warning is given that it must be removed. This warning canbe confirmed by the customer. Self-clean will then be started even if the wirelessroast probe is still registered as being present.

2.3.5 Starting the Self-Clean Mode

With the start of self-clean, the selected self-clean level (1-3) and the duration ofthe self-clean program are displayed. The duration of the self-clean programdepends on:

– Heat-up time

– Holding time

– Cooldown time.x

Note

If the door is not locked, self-clean will not start.

The door is locked. The customer has now the opportunity within the first 5minutes

– to enter a delayed start time (Prestige) or

– to enter an end time (Reference).

The entered time can be changed during this time.

2.3.6 Cooling Fan during Self-Clean

Reference:

The cooling fan switches on at maximum speed right after self-clean starts.

Prestige:

After the door is locked, the cooling fan switches on at maximum speed.

The cooling fan remains switched on until self-clean has finished.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-7

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 123: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

See 002 Table 3.

2.3.7 Convection Fan during Self-Clean

The convection fan is switched on at normal speed during the entire self-cleanprogram.

See 002 Table 3.

2.3.8 Self-Clean Sequence

The self-cleaning process is time-controlled. Within the framework of the self-cleaning cycle, given temperature levels must be reached and maintained for acertain period or until specific conditions have been met.x

Step Label Timer (inmin)

Targetvalue (in°C)

Heating1) Coolingfan2)

Convecti-on fan1)

Heatedcatalyst1)

Cavitylight1)

Vent flap1)

1 Start 0 0 0 0 (3 3)) 0 0 0 0

2 “Removeaccessori-es”message

0 0 0 0 (3 3)) 0 0 0 0

3 “Closedoor”message

0 0 0 0 (3 3)) 0 0 0 0

4 Doorlocked

1 0 0 3 1 1 0 0

5

Heat-upphase

5 250 1 3 1 1 0 0

6 10 300 1 3 1 1 0 0

7 15 300 1 3 1 1 0 0

8 20 330 1 3 1 1 0 0

9 25 360 1 3 1 1 0 0

10 30 360 1 3 1 1 0 0

11 35 380 1 3 1 1 0 0

12 40 390 1 3 1 1 0 0

13 45 400 1 3 1 1 0 0

14 50 410 1 3 1 1 0 0

15 55 420 1 3 1 1 0 0

16 60 440 1 3 1 1 0 0

17 Holdingphase

120 440 1 3 1 1 0 0

18 Cooldownphase

140 310 0 3 1 0 0 0

19 Door open 140 0 3 0 0 0 0

20 End

Table 3: Self-Clean Sequence (Py 1 Setting)

1) 0 = Off/1 = On2) 0 = Off/1 = Fan speed 1/ 2 = Fan speed 2/3 = Fan speed 33) Reference models only

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-8 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 124: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 5: Self-CleanTemperature Curve (Self-Clean 1 Setting) (Example)

After 5 minutes the cavity is heated to a temperature of 482°F (250°C). The self-clean temperature of 824°F (440°C) is reached within 60 minutes. Thistemperature is held (holding phase) for a specific time:

– Holding phase (Self-clean 1 setting): approx. 60 min; see 002 Fig. 5.

– Holding phase (Self-clean 2 setting): approx. 130 min.

– Holding phase (Self-clean 3 setting): approx. 210 min.

The cooldown phase follows the holding phase. When the cavity temperature hasdropped below approx. 536°F (280°C), the door is unlocked.

2.3.9 End of Self-Clean

For self-clean to end, 2 conditions must be met:

1. The cavity temperature must be below 536°F (280°C).

2. Self-clean time must equal 0 minutes.

After the end of self-cleaning has been indicated, another self-clean program canbe started right away.

2.3.10 Self-Clean Duration

The total time of the self-clean program depends on the selected self-clean level:

Self-clean 1: approx. 140 min

Self-clean 2: approx. 210 min

Self-clean 3: approx. 290 min

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-9

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 125: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.3.11 Self-Clean Cancellation

2.3.11.1 Self-Clean Cancellation by the Customer

Self-clean mode can be canceled at any time. If oven middle temperature > 536°F (280°C) at the time of cancellation, the door remains locked and the cooldownphase begins. If oven middle temperature < 536°F (280°C), the door is opened.

2.3.11.2 Self-Clean Cancellation via Power Failure

Self-clean will be canceled if there is a power failure. If the oven was in a heatingphase before the power failure, after power is restored the cooling fan will beswitched on at maximum speed in order to cool down the cavity. If oven middletemperature > 536°F (280°C) at the time of cancellation, the door remains lockedand the cooldown phase begins. If oven middle temperature < 536°F (280°C),the door is opened.

2.3.12 Door Lock

See 004 2.1 Door Lock - Self-Clean.

2.4 Safety Shutoff

The appliance shuts itself off after a certain maximum operating time. Themaximum operating time depends on the selected mode/function (002 Table 4).x

Mode/Function Maximum operating time [h]

Automatic –

Auto Roast –

Gentle Bake –

Maxi Broil 6

Rotisserie –

Broil –

Convection Bake 12

Convection Roast –

Intensive –

Browning –

Defrost –

Surround 12

Surround Bake –

Surround Roast –

Bake 12

Convection Broil 6

Table 4: Safety Shutoff

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-10 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 126: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.5 Operating Modes

2.5.1 Heater Element Configurations for Various Operating Modesx

Fig. 6: Auto Roast, Convection Bake, Convection Roast

Fig. 7: Gentle Bake (Configuration 1), Surround Bake (Configuration 1), SurroundRoast (Configuration 1), Bake (Configuration 1)

Fig. 8: Gentle Bake (Configuration 1), Surround Bake (Configuration 2), SurroundRoast (Configuration 2), Bake (Configuration 2)

Fig. 9: Maxi Broil, Rotisserie, Browning, Convection Broil

Fig. 10: Broil

Fig. 11: Intensive

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-11

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 127: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Fig. 12: Self-Clean (Configuration 1)

Fig. 13: Self-Clean (Configuration 2)

Fig. 14: Self-Clean (Configuration 3)

Fig. 15: Rapid Preheat Surround

Fig. 16: Rapid Preheat Convection

2.5.2 Operating-Mode Overviewx

Mode Activated components With RapidPreheatConvection

With RapidPreheatSurround

Total power ofactivatedheaterelements (in W)

Heater element(s) activated

Auto Roast Convection element(1R14/2R14)

X –

3162 002 Fig. 6

Catalyzer element (R23)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-12 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 128: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Mode Activated components With RapidPreheatConvection

With RapidPreheatSurround

Total power ofactivatedheaterelements (in W)

Heater element(s) activated

Gentle Bake Top heater element (R13)

– –

Configuration 1

Broil element (R15) 5187 002 Fig. 7

Catalyzer element (R23) Configuration 2

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

4442 002 Fig. 8

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Maxi Broil Top heater element (R13)

– –

5267 002 Fig. 9

Broil element (R15)

Catalyzer element (R23)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Rotisserie Top heater element (R13)

– –

5267 002 Fig. 9

Broil element (R15)

Catalyzer element (R23)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Rotisserie motor (M15)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Broil Broil element (R15)

– –

3137 002 Fig. 10

Catalyzer element (R23)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Convection Bake Convection element(1R14/2R14)

X –

3162 002 Fig. 6

Catalyzer element (R23)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Convection Roast Convection element(1R14/2R14)

X –

3162 002 Fig. 6

Catalyzer element (R23)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Intensive Bottom heater element(R12-1)

– –

5156 002 Fig. 11

Convection element(1R14/2R14)

Catalyzer element (R23)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-13

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 129: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Mode Activated components With RapidPreheatConvection

With RapidPreheatSurround

Total power ofactivatedheaterelements (in W)

Heater element(s) activated

Browning Top heater element (R13)

– –

5267 002 Fig. 9

Broil element (R15)

Catalyzer element (R23)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Surround Bake Top heater element (R13)

– X

Configuration 1

Broil element (R15) 5187 002 Fig. 7

Bottom heater element(R12-1)

Configuration 2

Catalyzer element (R23) 4442 002 Fig. 8

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Surround Roast Top heater element (R13)

– X

Configuration 1

Broil element (R15) 5187 002 Fig. 7

Bottom heater element(R12-1)

Configuration 2

Catalyzer element (R23) 4442 002 Fig. 8

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Bake Top heater element (R13)

– X

Configuration 1

Broil element (R15) 5187 002 Fig. 7

Bottom heater element(R12-1/R12-2)

Configuration 2

Catalyzer element (R23) 4442 002 Fig. 8

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Convection Broil Top heater element (R13)

– –

5267 002 Fig. 9

Broil element (R15)

Catalyzer element (R23)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-14 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 130: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Mode Activated components With RapidPreheatConvection

With RapidPreheatSurround

Total power ofactivatedheaterelements (in W)

Heater element(s) activated

Self-clean Top heater element (R13)

– –

Configuration 1

2490 002 Fig. 12

Broil element (R15) Configuration 2

3587 002 Fig. 13

Bottom heater element(R12-1/R12-2)

Configuration 3

6543 002 Fig. 14

Convection element(1R14/2R14)

Catalyzer element (R23)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Rapid PreheatSurround

Bottom heater element(R12-1)

3500 002 Fig. 15

Convection element(1R14/2R14)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Rapid PreheatConvection

Broil element (R15) 4925 002 Fig. 16

Bottom heater element(R12-1)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Table 5: Operating-Mode Overview

2.5.3 Heater Configurations for Moisture Plusx

Fig. 17: Auto Roast, Convection Bake, Convection Roast, Intensive(Configuration 2)

Fig. 18: Intensive (Configuration 1)

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-15

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 131: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Fig. 19: Intensive (Configuration 3), Surround Bake (Configuration 3), SurroundRoast (Configuration 3)

Fig. 20: Surround Bake (Configuration 2), Surround Roast (Configuration 2)

Fig. 21: Surround Bake (Configuration 1), Surround Roast (Configuration 1)

Fig. 22: Surround Bake (Configuration 4), Surround Roast (Configuration 4)

Fig. 23: Surround Bake (Configuration 5), Surround Roast (Configuration 5)

2.5.4 Moisture Plus Operating-Mode Overviewx

Mode Activated components Total power of activatedheater elements (in W)

Heater configurations

Auto Roast Convection element (1R14/2R14)

4362 002 Fig. 17

Catalyzer element (R23)

Steam generator (R25-1/R25-2)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-16 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 132: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Mode Activated components Total power of activatedheater elements (in W)

Heater configurations

Convection Bake Convection element (1R14/2R14)

4362 002 Fig. 17

Catalyzer element (R23)

Steam generator (R25-1/R25-2)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Convection Roast Convection element (1R14/2R14)

4362 002 Fig. 17

Catalyzer element (R23)

Steam generator (R25-1/R25-2)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Intensive Bottom heater element (R12-1/R12-2)

Configuration 1

5156 002 Fig. 18

Convection element (1R14/2R14)

Configuration 2

4362 002 Fig. 17

Catalyzer element (R23) Configuration 3

3512 002 Fig. 19

Steam generator (R25-1/R25-2)

Convection fan (1M2-2/2M2-2)

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Surround Bake Top heater element (R13) Configuration 1

5187 002 Fig. 21

Broil element (R15) Configuration 2

4442 002 Fig. 20

Bottom heater element (R12-1/R12-2)

Configuration 3

3512 002 Fig. 19

Catalyzer element (R23) Configuration 4

4337 002 Fig. 22

Steam generator (R25-1/R25-2)

Configuration 5

3592 002 Fig. 23

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-17

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 133: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Mode Activated components Total power of activatedheater elements (in W)

Heater configurations

Surround Roast Top heater element (R13) Configuration 1

5187 002 Fig. 21

Broil element (R15) Configuration 2

4442 002 Fig. 20

Bottom heater element (R12-1/R12-2)

Configuration 3

3512 002 Fig. 19

Catalyzer element (R23) Configuration 4

4337 002 Fig. 22

Steam generator (R25-1/R25-2)

Configuration 5

3592 002 Fig. 23

Cooling fan (1M2-1/2M2-1)

Cavity light (1H3-2/2H3-2)

Table 6: Operating-Mode Overview (Moisture Plus)

2.6 Alternating Convection Broil

In the Convection Broil operating mode, the broil element and the convection fanare activated alternately. They are never activated at the same time.

There is a difference between the heat-up and holding phases.

In the heat-up phase the broil element is switched on. The heat-up phase endswhen the target temperature is reached.

After the heat-up phase has ended, the holding phase starts that consists ofrepetitive cycles. In the first half of a cycle, the broil element is switched on.Switch-on time varies. In the second half of a cycle the convection fan is switchedon.

2.7 EPB/EPZ Electronic and EL Electronic Functions

2.7.1 EPB/EPZ Electronic and EL Electronicx

Communication

FunctionPrestige

EPB/EPZelectronic

ELP electronicEPI electronic EP electronic

(dimmer)

NorthAmerica

EPB/EPZ 760x ELP 767x EPI 767x

Constant communication X X X X

N/A 1)Communication, light-activated

– – – –

Optical interface X X – –

Table 7: EPB/EPZ Electronic and EL Electronic/Communication Functions

1) N/A = Not applicable/not available

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-18 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 134: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

xSupraordinate functions

FunctionPrestige

EPB/EPZelectronic

ELP electronic EPI electronic EP electronic(dimmer)

NorthAmerica

EPB/EPZ 760x ELP 767x EPI 767x

Automatic program data X X X –

N/A 1)

Language/text data X X – –

Process technology X – X –

Temperature control X – X –

Switching supply forpowering all electronics X – X –

Clock data and battery X – X –

Service functionality X X X –

Standby function X X X –

Updates via opticalinterface X X X X

RemoteVision X X X –

Table 8: EPB/EPZ Electronic and EL Electronic/Supraordinate Functions

1) N/A = Not applicable/not available

x

Sensors

Function Prestige EPB/EPZelectronic

ELP electronic EPI electronic EP electronic(dimmer)

NorthAmerica

EPB/EPZ 760x ELP 767x EPI 767x

Door contact switch(S24) X – X –

N/A 1)

Steam generatortemperature monitor (B2-16)

X – X –

Cooling-fan speedmonitoring X – X –

Wired roast probe (R30-12) – – X –

Wireless roast probe(W17) X – – X

Cavity Pt1000temperature sensor(R30-10)

X – X –

Position switch (S60) X – X –

Door lock switch (S78) X – X –

Touchpad/switch knobsignals X X – –

Table 9: EPB/EPZ Electronic and EL Electronic/Sensor Functions

1) N/A = Not applicable/not available

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-19

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 135: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Components

Function Prestige EPB/EPZelectronic

ELP electronic EPI electronic EP electronic(dimmer)

NorthAmerica

EPB/EPZ 760x ELP 767x EPI 767x

Display control X X – –

N/A 1)

Button/touchpadbacklighting X X – –

Buzzer output2) X X – –

EEPROM X – X –

Convection element(R14) X – X –

Top heater element(R13) X – X –

Bottom heater element(R12) X – X –

Steam generator (R25) X – X –

Broil element (R15) X – X –

Cooling fan (M2-1) X – X –

Convection fan (M2-2) X – X –

Catalyzer element (R23) X – X –

Door lock (M23) X – X –

Cavity light (XH3-2) X – X –

Dimmer – – – –

Release element (Y56) X – X –

Feed pump (M7) – – X –

Intake valve (Y63) 3) X – X –

Table 10: EPB/EPZ Electronic and EL Electronic/Component Functions

1) N/A = Not applicable/not available2) Output via loudspeaker (H4)3) USA, Canada and Mexico models only

2.8 PEC (Protected Electronic Circuit) Safety System

2.8.1 General Information

The PEC safety system replaces the safety thermostats used in previous modelgenerations. In every situation, the safety microprocessor (PEC microprocessor)monitors and evaluates all safety elements and ensures safe and optimaloperation of the appliance. Faults that would previously have been registered viathe operational software are now recorded by an approved subassembly.

2.8.2 PEC Components

The PEC system consists of the following components:

– Safety microprocessor (PEC microprocessor), located on the display(EPZ) electronic in Reference models and on the power (ELP) electronic inPrestige models.

– Cavity temperature sensor (R30-10)

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-20 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 136: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

– Temperature sensor(s) on the display electronic or power electronicand the safety microprocessor (PEC microprocessor)

– Door contact switch (S24)

– Function microprocessor, located on the display (EPZ) electronic inReference models and on the power (ELP) electronic in Prestige models.

2.8.3 PEC System Functions

Monitors the cavity temperature:

Cavity temperature is measured by a double cavity Pt1000 temperature sensor(one component).

The temperature sensor calculates temperature in two ways:

– Dual-slope process

– A/D converter process

Electronic module temperature measurement:

Measurement of the electronic module’s internal temperature is carried out via asensor on the safety microprocessor and an NTC temperature sensor on theappropriate electronic module. By taking this measurement, the function of themachine’s cooling system is indirectly checked. If the cooling fan is defective or ifit is operated with too low a power, the electronic module’s internal temperaturewill rise.

Monitors the door contact switch:

With an open door, heater elements and the safety relay will not be activated.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-21

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 137: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3 Fault Repair

3.1 F05 – Cavity Temperature Sensor (R30-10) Short-Circuited

Cause

Cavity temperature sensor (R30-10) short-circuited.

Remedy

A Check the cavity temperature sensor; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the temperature sensor wiring (resistance), C Table 11.

A Replace the temperature sensor, if necessary; see Cavity TemperatureSensor (R30-10) Removal, 002 4.22.

3.2 F06 – Cavity Temperature Sensor (R30-10) Open-Circuited

Cause

Cavity temperature sensor (R30-10) open-circuited.

Remedy

A Check the cavity temperature sensor; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the temperature sensor wiring (resistance), C Table 11.

A Replace the temperature sensor, if necessary; see Cavity TemperatureSensor (R30-10) Removal, 002 4.22.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-22 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 138: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.3 F20 – Steam Generator Not Heating

Symptom

Residual water evaporation has not finished within 45 minutes.

Cause

Steam generator defective.

Remedy

A Check the steam generator heater element; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A If necessary, replace the steam generator; see Steam Generator Removal,007 4.3.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Steam generator temperature limiter (B2-16) defective.

Remedy

A Check the steam generator temperature limiter (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the steam generator temperature limiter; see SteamGenerator Fuse (F8-1) and Temperature Limiter (B2-16) Removal, 007 4.1.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Steam generator fuse (F8-1) defective.

Remedy

A Check the steam generator fuse (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the steam generator fuse; see Steam Generator Fuse(F8-1) and Temperature Limiter (B2-16) Removal, 007 4.1.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-23

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 139: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.4 F23 – Self-Clean Heating Fault (Internal Fault)

Symptom

The self-clean temperature of 440°C (824°F) was not reached within a certaintime.

Cause

Top heater element (R13) not heating.

Remedy

A Check the top heater element; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the electrical connections to the top heater element (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the top heater element; see Top Heater/Broil Element(R13/R15) Removal, 006 4.2.

Cause

Broil element (R15) not heating.

Remedy

A Check the broil element; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the electrical connections to the broil element (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the broil element; see Top Heater/Broil Element (R13/R15) Removal, 006 4.2.

Cause

Bottom heater element (R12-1/R12-2) not heating.

Remedy

A Check the bottom heater element; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the electrical connections to the bottom heater element (continuitytest).

A If necessary, replace the bottom heater element; see Bottom Heater Element(R12-1/R12-2) Removal, 006 4.3.

Cause

Convection element (1R14/2R14) not heating.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-24 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 140: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Check the convection elements; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the wiring to the convection elements (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace one or both convection elements; see ConvectionElement (1R14/2R14) Removal, 006 4.1.

3.5 F32 – Door Lock (A2) Not Closing

Symptom

The lock state has not switched from unlocked to locked within approx. 620seconds.

Cause

Door lock wiring defective or incorrectly seated.

Remedy

A Check the door lock wiring (continuity test).

A If necessary, adjust or replace the door lock wiring.

Cause

Door lock (A2) defective.

Remedy

A Check the door lock; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A If necessary, replace the door lock; see Door Lock (A2) Removal, 004 4.14.

Cause

Position switch (S60) defective.

Remedy

A Check the position switch (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the position switch; see Position Switch (S60) Removal,004 4.16.

Cause

Door lock switch (S78) defective.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-25

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 141: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Check the door lock switch (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the door lock switch; see Door Lock Switch (S78)Removal, 004 4.15.

3.6 F33 – Door Lock (A2) Not Opening

Symptom

The lock state has not switched from locked to unlocked within approx. 620seconds.

Cause

Door lock wiring defective or incorrectly seated.

Remedy

A Check the door lock wiring (continuity test).

A If necessary, adjust or replace the door lock wiring.

Cause

Door lock (A2) defective.

Remedy

A Check the door lock; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A If necessary, replace the door lock; see Door Lock (A2) Removal, 004 4.14.

Cause

Position switch (S60) defective.

Remedy

A Check the position switch (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the position switch; see Position Switch (S60) Removal,004 4.16.

Cause

Door lock switch (S78) defective.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-26 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 142: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Check the door lock switch (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the door lock switch; see Door Lock Switch (S78)Removal, 004 4.15.

3.7 F38 – Incompatible Electronic Software Versions (Internal Fault)

Cause

Electronic software versions are incompatible.

Remedy

A Install current software updates for the affected electronics.

3.8 F57 – Cooling-Fan Fault (Internal Fault)

Cause

Plug connected incorrectly.

Remedy

A Connect the plug correctly.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Cooling fan defective.

Remedy

A Check the cooling fan; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the cooling-fan wiring (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the cooling-fan wiring.

A If necessary, replace the cooling fan; see Left/Right Cooling Fan Removal,005 4.3.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-27

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 143: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.9 F60 – ELP Electronic (N1-1) Internal Temperature Exceeded

Symptom

This fault is only saved in the fault memory and is not displayed.

The ELP electronic (N1-1) internal temperature is too high.

Cause

Insufficient ventilation/ducting.

Remedy

A Check ventilation and ducting.

A Check the machine's installation setup.

Cause

Cooling fan defective.

Remedy

A Check the cooling fan; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the cooling-fan wiring (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the cooling-fan wiring.

A If necessary, replace the cooling fan; see Left/Right Cooling Fan Removal,005 4.3.

3.10 F102 – Faulty Communication via Communications Module

Cause

Remedy

A –

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-28 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 144: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.11 F103 – Communications Module Incompatible

Cause

Remedy

A –

3.12 F132 – Steam Generator Temperature Limiter (B2-16) Defective(Internal Fault)

Cause

Steam generator temperature limiter (B2-16) defective.

Remedy

A Check the steam generator temperature limiter (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the steam generator temperature limiter; see SteamGenerator Fuse (F8-1) and Temperature Limiter (B2-16) Removal, 007 4.1.

3.13 F134 – Impermissibly High Temperature Registered (InternalFault)

Symptom

Pt1000 temperature sensor registering a temperature > 400°C (752°F).

Cause

Overheating.

Cavity Pt1000 temperature sensor (R30-10) defective.

Remedy

A Let the appliance cool down.

A Check the cavity temperature sensor; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A If necessary, replace the cavity temperature sensor; see Cavity TemperatureSensor (R30-10) Removal, 002 4.22.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-29

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 145: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Cause

EPB/EPZ electronic (N1-2) defective.

Remedy

A Let the appliance cool down.

A Check the EPB/EPZ electronic.

A If necessary, replace the EPB/EPZ electronic; see Control (EPB/EPZ)Electronic (N1-2) with Casing Removal, 002 4.13.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

3.14 F195 – EPI Electronic (N1-6) Communication Faulty (InternalFault)

Cause

EPI electronic (N1-6) defective.

Remedy

A Check the EPI electronic.

A If necessary, replace the EPI electronic; see Roast Probe (EPI) Electronic(N1-6) Removal, 002 4.20.

Cause

ELP electronic (N1-1) defective.

Remedy

A Check the ELP electronic.

A If necessary, replace the ELP electronic; see Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1)Removal, 002 4.19.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-30 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 146: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.15 F235 – Faulty Communication between EPB/EPZ Electronic (N1-2) and ELP Electronic (N1-1)

Cause

Defective wiring between EPB/EPZ electronic (N1-2) and ELP electronic (N1-1).

Remedy

A Check the wiring and plugs (continuity).

A If necessary, replace the wiring with plugs.

Cause

EPB/EPZ electronic (N1-2) defective.

Remedy

A Check the EPB/EPZ electronic.

A If necessary, replace the EPB/EPZ electronic; see Control (EPB/EPZ)Electronic (N1-2) with Casing Removal, 002 4.13.

Cause

ELP electronic (N1-1) defective.

Remedy

A Check the ELP electronic.

A If necessary, replace the ELP electronic; see Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1)Removal, 002 4.19.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-31

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 147: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.16 F241— Touchpad Communication Fault (Internal Fault)

Cause

Fascia panel touchscreen defective.

Remedy

A Replace the fascia panel; see Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.

Cause

EPB/EPZ electronic defective.

Remedy

A Check the EPB/EPZ electronic.

A If necessary, replace the EPB/EPZ electronic; see Control (EPB/EPZ)Electronic (N1-2) with Casing Removal, 002 4.13.

3.17 F260 – Temperature Difference between Cavity TemperatureSensors (R30-10) (Internal Fault)

Cause

Cavity temperature sensor defective.

Remedy

A Check the cavity temperature sensor; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the cavity temperature sensor wiring, C Table 11.

A If necessary, replace the cavity temperature sensor; see Cavity TemperatureSensor (R30-10) Removal, 002 4.22.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-32 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 148: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.18 F263 – Impermissibly High Temperature Registered

Cause

Cavity Pt1000 temperature sensor (R30-10) defective.

Remedy

A Check the cavity temperature sensor; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Replace the cavity temperature sensor as necessary; see Cavity TemperatureSensor (R30-10) Removal, 002 4.22.

A After remedying the fault, delete the fault memory in service mode; seeService Mode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Cooling fan defective.

Remedy

A Check the cooling fan; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A If necessary, replace the cooling fan; see Left/Right Cooling Fan Removal,005 4.3.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Power consumption of the convection elements (1R14/2R14) is too high.

Remedy

A Check each convection element (power measurement).

A If necessary, replace one or both convection elements; see ConvectionElement (1R14/2R14) Removal, 006 4.1.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Power consumption of the top heater/broil element (R13/R15) is too high.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-33

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 149: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Check the top heater/broil element (power measurement).

A If necessary, replace the top heater/broil element; see Top Heater/BroilElement (R13/R15) Removal, 006 4.2.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Power consumption of the bottom heater element (R12-1/R12-2) is too high.

Remedy

A Check the bottom heater element (power measurement).

A If necessary, replace the bottom heater element; see Bottom Heater Element(R12-1/R12-2) Removal, 006 4.3.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

ELP electronic (N1-1) defective.

Remedy

A Check the ELP electronic.

A If necessary, replace the ELP electronic; see Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1)Removal, 002 4.19.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-34 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 150: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.19 F265 – PEC (Internal Fault)

Cause

Cavity Pt1000 temperature sensor (R30-10) defective.

Remedy

A Check the cavity temperature sensor; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the cavity temperature sensor wiring (resistance test), C Table 11.

A If necessary, replace the cavity temperature sensor; see Cavity TemperatureSensor (R30-10) Removal, 002 4.22.

Cause

Cooling fan defective.

Remedy

A Check the cooling fan; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the cooling-fan wiring (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the cooling fan; see Left/Right Cooling Fan Removal,005 4.3.

Cause

Power consumption of the convection elements (1R14/2R14) is too high.

Remedy

A Check each convection element (power measurement).

A If necessary, replace one or both convection elements; see ConvectionElement (1R14/2R14) Removal, 006 4.1.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Power consumption of the top heater/broil element (R13/R15) is too high.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-35

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 151: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Remedy

A Check the top heater/broil element (power measurement).

A If necessary, replace the top heater/broil element; seeTop Heater/BroilElement (R13/R15) Removal, 006 4.2.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Power consumption of the bottom heater element (R12-1/R12-2) is too high.

Remedy

A Check the bottom heater element (power measurement).

A If necessary, replace the bottom heater element; see Bottom Heater Element(R12-1/R12-2) Removal, 006 4.3.

A After remedying the fault, clear the fault memory in service mode; see ServiceMode, 002 4.3.

Cause

Relay on ELP electronic (N1-1) not switching off.

Remedy

A Replace the ELP electronic; see Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1) Removal, 0024.19.

Cause

Safety relay on ELP electronic (N1-1) jammed.

Remedy

A Replace the ELP electronic; see Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1) Removal, 0024.19.

Cause

Temperature monitor on ELP electronic (N1-1) has tripped.

Remedy

A Replace the ELP electronic; see Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1) Removal, 0024.19.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-36 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 152: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Cause

Controller on ELP electronic (N1-1) defective.

Remedy

A Replace the ELP electronic; see Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1) Removal, 0024.19.

3.20 F267 – Temperature Limiter (Internal Fault)

Cause

Temperature limiter (F1-7) defective.

Remedy

A Check the temperature limiter (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the temperature limiter; see Cooling-Air TemperatureLimiter (F1-7) Removal, 005 4.5.

Cause

Cooling fan defective.

Remedy

A Check the cooling fan; see Service Mode, 002 4.3.

A Check the cooling-fan wiring (continuity test).

A If necessary, replace the cooling fan; see Left/Right Cooling Fan Removal,005 4.3.

Cause

ELP electronic (N1-1) defective.

Remedy

A Replace the ELP electronic; see Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1) Removal, 0024.19.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-37

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 153: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.21 F271 – Lift Panel Not Extending

Cause

Lift-panel drive defective.

Remedy

A Replace the lift-panel drive; see Lift Panel and Drive (A11) Removal, 002 4.10.

3.22 F272 – Lift Panel Not Retracting

Cause

Lift-panel drive defective.

Remedy

A Replace the lift-panel drive; see Lift Panel and Drive (A11) Removal, 002 4.10.

3.23 Display is Dark

Cause

The time of day is switched off.

Remedy

A Switch on the time of day; see Customer Programming, 002 4.1.

3.24 Cooking-Time Signal Tone Missing

Cause

Signal tone is switched off.

Remedy

A Switch the signal tone on; see Customer Programming, 002 4.1.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-38 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 154: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.25 Minute-Minder Signal Tone Missing

Cause

Signal tone is switched off.

Remedy

A Switch on the signal tone; see Customer Programming, 002 4.1.

3.26 Cooking-Time Signal Tone Too Quiet

Cause

Signal tone volume is adjustable.

Remedy

A Switch on the signal tone; see Customer Programming, 002 4.1.

A Change the signal tone volume; see Customer Programming, 002 4.1.

3.27 Minute-Minder Signal Tone Too Quiet

Cause

Signal tone volume is adjustable.

Remedy

A Change the signal tone volume; see Customer Programming, 002 4.1.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-39

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 155: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.28 Touchpad Tone Missing

Cause

Touchpad tone is switched off.

Remedy

A Switch the touchpad tone on; see Customer Programming, 002 4.1.

3.29 12-Hour Clock instead of 24-Hour Clock

Cause

The time of day is adjustable.

Remedy

A Set the time of day; see Customer Programming, 002 4.1.

3.30 Wireless Roast Probe Malfunctioning

Symptom

General malfunctioning in wireless roast probe system without any known cause.

Cause

For an optimal signal between the antenna and wireless roast probe, theimpedance of the oven cavity is very important. The concept of impedance refersto how well or how poorly the oven cavity “reflects” the electronic's signal. Anymodification to the oven cavity will affect how the signal is reflected back to theelectronic.

The top heating element is used for antenna “adjustment” and improving theimpedance of the oven cavity. Any change to the top heating element will affectthe signal strength. For this reason, it is very important to ensure that the variousinterior components in the oven cavity, the top heating element, the antenna andall wiring are secured correctly. Any mechanical deformities in the top heatingelement can also disrupt the signal.

Remedy

A Make sure that the interior components are secured correctly in the ovencavity.

A Make sure that the top heating element is secured correctly.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-40 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 156: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Make sure that the antenna for the wireless roast probe is secured correctly.

A Make sure that the antenna wiring is secure.

A Make sure that the roast probe electronic wiring is secure.

A Make sure that the top heating element is not deformed.

A Make sure that the antenna is not deformed.

A Make sure that the wireless roast probe is not deformed.

A Make sure that the door closes correctly.

A Wireless Roast Probe Signal Test, 002 4.24.

3.31 “Maximum Operating Time Reached” is Displayed

Cause

The oven was operated for an unusually long time. Safety shutoff was activated.

Remedy

A Press the OK touchpad.

A Clear the “Program finished” message by pressing the Back touchpad.x

Note

Appliance can be used again right away.

3.32 “ ” Symbol Displayed

Cause

In-use lock switched on.

Remedy

A Shut off the in-use lock: Press and hold the symbol for 6 seconds.

A To shut off the in-use lock permanently, see Customer Programming, 002 4.1.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-41

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 157: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.33 Core Temperature Reached/Middle of Food Overdone or NotSufficiently Cooked

Cause

User error.

Remedy

A Advise the customer on correct usage of the wireless roast probe; see theoperating instructions or 002 2.2.4 Use of the Wireless Roast ProbeThermometer.

Cause

Wireless roast probe defective.

Remedy

A Check the wireless roast probe; see Wireless Roast Probe Check, 002 4.25.x

Note

If the wireless roast probe is replaced, the new roast probe must beprogrammed; see Wireless Roast Probe Programming, 002 4.23.

A If necessary, replace the wireless roast probe.

Cause

After replacement, the roast probe was incorrectly programmed.

Remedy

A Program the wireless roast probe correctly; see Wireless Roast ProbeProgramming, 002 4.23.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-42 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 158: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3.34 Main Menu Not Shown

Symptom

After pressing the on/off touchpad, one of the following menus is displayedinstead of the main menu:

– Operating Modes

– Gourmet Center

– Special Modes

– MyMiele

– Favorites

Cause

In the Settings / Start screen menu, one of the above menus was selectedas the Start screen.

Remedy

A Press the Back touchpad.

A Change the Start screen in the Settings / Start screen menu; seeCustomer Programming, 002 4.1.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-43

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 159: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4 Service

4.1 Customer Programming

Initial requirements

A Switch the appliance on.

Accessing

A Press the on/off touchpad.

Acknowledgement indicator

The Main menu is displayed.

Optionsx

Note

Scroll: Place a finger on the touch display, then move it left or right.

Select:

Press the appropriate touchpad. This will also call up the setting's submenu, ifavailable.

Press the OK touchpad to confirm/save a setting.

Some settings can be made using the numeric keypad .

Back:

Press the Back touchpad.

Back after a certain time:

After 15 seconds' idle time the display will revert to the Main menu. The setstatus is not saved.

A Place a finger on the touch display, then move it left or right until the desiredsetting is displayed.

A Press the Settings/ touchpad.

A Press the touchpad for the desired setting.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-44 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 160: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Main menu Submenu Options Factory setting Note

Language Select a language English

Time

Display

On X

Off

Night dimming

Display is switchedoff automaticallybetween 11 pmand 5 am.

Clock typeAnalog X

Digital

Clock format24 h

12 h (am/pm) X

Set HH:MM

Date Day–Month–Year

LightingOn X

On for 15 seconds

Start screen

Main Menu XThe menuselected will bedisplayed whenthe appliance isswitched on via theon/off touchpad.

Operating Modes

Gourmet Center

Special Modes

MyMiele

Favorites

Brightness

Set the brightness

Darker

Lighter

Volume

Buzzer tones

Set the volume

Quieter

Louder

Off

Keypad tone

Set the volume

Quieter

Louder

Off

Welcome melodyOn X

Off

Units ofmeasurement

Weightg

lb/oz X

Temperature°C

°F X

Cooling fanTime controlled

Temperature controlled X

Self-cleanWith reminder

Without reminder X

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-45

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 161: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Main menu Submenu Options Factory setting Note

Defaulttemperatures

Convection Bake350°F

Temperatures canbe adjusted withinthe setting rangefor the particularprogram.

Convection Roast375°F

Surround 350°F

Surround Roast400°F

Moisture Plus 350°F

Intensive 400°F

Auto Roast 375°F

Bake 375°F

Browning 350°F

Maxi Broil 500°F

Broil 500°F

Convection Broil400°F

Rotisserie 400°F

Gentle Bake 350°F

Safety

System lockOn

Off X

Sensor lockOn

Off X

Catalyzer

Set odor reduction

Minimum

Maximum

Off

Electricalversion

208V/60Hz X

220V/60Hz

240V/60Hz

Roast probe

Sensor group 0

Sensor group 1

Sensor group 2

Sensor group 3

Sensor group 4

Sensor group 5

Sensor group 6

Sensor group 7

Sensor group 8

Sensor group 9

Calibratetemperature

Enter calibration setting

+

Showroomprogram

Demo modeCancel

OK

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-46 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 162: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Main menu Submenu Options Factory setting Note

Factorydefault

Settings

”Reset settings?”

Yes Settings are reset

NoSettings are notreset

Favorites

“Delete favorites?”

YesFavorite programsare deleted

NoFavorite programsare not deleted

Defaulttemperatures

“Reset default temperatures?”

YesDefaulttemperatures arereset

NoDefaulttemperatures arenot reset

MyMiele

“Reset MyMiele definitions?”

YesMyMiele definitionsare reset

NoMyMiele definitionsare not reset

Table 11: Customer Programming

Save and quit

A Save: Press the touchpad for the appropriate setting/option. The previoussubmenu or the main (Settings/ ) menu will then be displayed.

Quit (without saving)

A Press the on/off touchpad.

4.2 Service Programming Mode

Initial requirements

A Switch the appliance off.

Accessingx

Note

Accessing must take place within 10 seconds.

A Press and hold the Timer touchpad.

A Press the on/offs touchpad 1x.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-47

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 163: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Release the Timer touchpad.

A Press the Timer touchpad 5x and hold on the 5th time until serviceprogramming mode is displayed.

Acknowledgement indicator

Programming mode is displayed.

Optionsx

Note

Scroll: Place a finger on the touch display, then move it left or right.

Select:

Press the appropriate touchpad. This will also call up the setting's submenu, ifavailable.

Press the OK touchpad to confirm/save a setting.

Back:

Press the Back touchpad.

Back after a certain time:

After 15 seconds' idle time the display will revert to the Programming modemenu. The set status is not saved.

A Place a finger on the touch display, then move it left or right until the desiredsetting is displayed.

A Press the touchpad for the desired setting.x

Main menuSubmenu Submenu

Display message Options NotesSublevel 1 Sublevel 2

Reset“Reset and restoreall settings?”

NoReset is carried outand settings arereset.

YesReset is not carriedout and settings arenot reset.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-48 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 164: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Main menuSubmenu Submenu

Display message Options NotesSublevel 1 Sublevel 2

Service

Appliance type

Oven capacity

70XL

90XL

30XL

36XL

Electrical version

200V/50Hz

208V/60Hz

220V/60Hz

208V or 240V/50Hz

240V/60Hz

200V/60Hz

Roast probe

Sensor group 0

Sensor group 1

Sensor group 2

Sensor group 3

Sensor group 4

Sensor group 5

Sensor group 6

Sensor group 7

Sensor group 8

Sensor group 9

Descale“Reset descalingprogram?”

No

YesThe descale counteris reset.

Deactivateappliancelock

“Deactivateappliance lock?”

YesThe appliance lockis lifted.

NoThe appliance lockis not lifted.

Table 12: Service Programming Mode

Save and quit

A Save: Press the touchpad next to the appropriate setting/option. The previoussubmenu or the main (Service programming) menu will then be displayed.

Quit (without saving)

A Press the on/off touchpad.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-49

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 165: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.3 Service Mode

Initial requirements

A Switch the appliance off.

Accessingx

Note

Accessing must take place within 10 seconds.

A Press and hold the Timer touchpad.

A Press the on/offs touchpad 1x.

A Release the Timer touchpad.

A Press the Timer touchpad 3x and hold on the 3rd time until service mode isdisplayed.

Acknowledgement indicator

Service mode is displayed.

Optionsx

Note

Scroll: Place a finger on the touch display, then move it left or right.

Select:

Press the appropriate touchpad. This will also call up the setting's submenu, ifavailable.

Press the OK touchpad to confirm/save a setting.

Back:

Press the Back touchpad.

Back after a certain time:

After 15 seconds' idle time the display will revert to the Service mode menu.The set status is not saved.

A Place a finger on the touch display, then move it left or right until the desiredsetting is displayed.

A Press the touchpad for the desired setting.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-50 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 166: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Main menu Submenu Display (examples) Notes

Softwareversion

EPB ID35080V9Software version of the EPB/EPZelectronic

ELP ID 2932 V31 Software version of the ELP electronic

EPI ID 2518 V19 Software version of the EPI electronic

EPA ID0V0 Software version of the EPA electronic

ATAB 1.191Software version of the automaticprogram table

LNG 4679 Software version of the language table

FLASH V7.20Software version of the displayanimation

TCTRLV25004.1Software version of the temperaturecontrol

Fault memory

F0000 (no faults) or faultcodes will be displayed

“Clear memory” Clear the fault memory

Component

H3-2 (Cavity light)

R13(Top heaterelement)

R12(Bottom heaterelement)

R14(Convectionelement)

R15 (Broil element)

M2-1 (Cooling fan)

M2-2 (Convection fan)

M15 (Rotisserie motor)

R23(Catalyzerelement)

M23 (Door lock)

R25 (Steam generator)

Y56 (Release element)

1Y63

(Inlet valve)2Y63

1Y63/2Y63

Sensor values

R30-10 75°F

R30-12 0°F

SLT 89°F

Switch status S24(Door contactswitch)

Switch status: 1 Switch status: 1 = “Door closed”.

Switch status: 0 Switch status: 0 = “Door open”.

Operatinghours (total)

Total: 3 h

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-51

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 167: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Main menu Submenu Display (examples) Notes

Operation

Display backlight “Backlight test”Display text is brightly backlit. Displaybacklight is switched on and off for aslong as OK is pressed.

Loudspeaker “Loudspeaker test” Welcome melody is played.

Touch reaction

The display appears black. When thedisplay is touched, a cross is createdwith one vertical and one horizontal lineacross the display at the position wherethe finger is. When the finger is moved,the cross moves with it.

Sensors “Sensor test”

A tone will sound each time one of thesensors on the fascia panel is pressed,except for the “Lift Panel” sensor (thefascia panel will extend instead of atone).

Exit “Quit Service mode?”

No

Yes Service mode isended. “Mielewelcome” isdisplayed.

Table 13: Service Mode

Quit (without saving)

A Quit service mode: Press the on/off touchpad.

A Quit service mode: Select EXIT from the main menu.

4.4 Removing the Appliance for Servicex

Danger!

Risk of electric shock!

Not following these instructions will lead to death or injury!

Disconnect the appliance from power before starting service work.

After disconnecting, ensure that the appliance cannot be switched on again inerror.

Note

Risk of material/property damage!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

Close the shutoff valve before unscrewing the water connection from theappliance.

Place a bowl or similar under the water connection to catch any residual water.

After service work has been completed, test the appliance for leaks beforereinstalling it.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-52 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 168: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Unscrew the water connection from the appliance.x

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.x

Fig. 24: Similar Illustration

A Release the anti-tip bracket (002 Fig. 24, Pos. 1).

A Holding the upper edge of the oven cavity, lift the front of the appliance andpull it forward out of its niche.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-53

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 169: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.5 Heat-Up Time Test

A See the general DTD (22-0000).

4.6 Loudspeaker (H4) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Disconnect the loudspeaker's electrical connections from the back of thefascia panel.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-54 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 170: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 25

1 Fascia panel screws2 Fascia panel3 Lift-panel drive connection4 Lift-panel drive5 ELP electronic6 EPB/EPZ electronic — ELP electronic wiring harness7 Loudspeaker screws8 Loudspeaker

A Remove the twoT20 screws (002 Fig. 25, Pos. 7) securing the loudspeaker(002 Fig. 25, Pos. 8) to the E-box.

A Slide the loudspeaker back and remove it from the E-box.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-55

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 171: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.7 Cavity Light (1H3-2/2H3-2) Cover Removal

A Switch the appliance off.

A Open the door.x

Fig. 26

A Lever the cover (002 Fig. 26, Pos. 1) out of the frame using a lid opener.

4.8 Cavity Light (1H3-2/2H3-2) Light Bulb Removal

A Switch the appliance off.

A Open the door.

A Cavity Light (1H3-2/2H3-2) Cover Removal, 002 4.7.

A Remove the light bulb from the socket.

4.9 Cavity Light (1H3-2/2H3-2) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-56 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 172: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.

A Left/Right Side Panel Removal, 003 4.3.

A Inner Left/Right Side Panel Removal, 003 4.4.

A Cavity Light (1H3-2/2H3-2) Cover Removal, 002 4.7.

A Cavity Light (1H3-2/2H3-2) Light Bulb Removal, 002 4.8.

A Carefully press the retainers on the lighting assembly frame in toward thecenter.

A Push the frame carefully into the cavity.

A Disconnect the lighting assembly from the ELP electronic.

A Remove the lighting assembly out through the cavity

4.10 Lift Panel and Drive (A11) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Disconnect the loudspeaker's wiring harnessfrom the back of the fasciapanel.

A Release the wires from the lift-panel drive.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-57

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 173: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 27

A Pull the lift panel all the way out.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-58 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 174: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 28

A Remove the T20 screw (002 Fig. 28, Pos. 1) securing the lift panel to theunderside of the lift-panel drive.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-59

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 175: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 29

A Separate the lift panel from the lift-panel drive (002 Fig. 29, Pos. 1) by pullingthe lift panel up and unhooking it from the fascia panel.

A Disconnect the lift panel connections from the EPB/EPZ electronic and theselection (EW) electronic.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-60 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 176: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 30

A Remove the three T20 screws (002 Fig. 30, Pos. 1) securing the lift-paneldrive to the fascia panel.

A Take off the lift-panel drive.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-61

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 177: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.11 EP Electronic (N1-4) Removal

A Switch the appliance on.

A Moving the Lift Panel into the Service Position, 002 4.26.

A Switch the appliance off.x

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lift Panel and Drive (A11) Removal, 002 4.10.x

Warning!

Damage from static discharge.

Before working on the electronic, touch the appliance chassis to eliminate anystatic discharge.

Fig. 31

1 Retainers2 Notch3 EP electronic

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-62 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 178: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Note

The notch on the EP electronic board must be in the bottom left-hand cornerwhen reinstalling (see 002 Fig. 31).

A Release and remove the EP electronic (002 Fig. 31, Pos. 3) from its retainers(002 Fig. 31, Pos. 1).

4.12 EP Electronic (N1-4) Installationx

Note

The notch on the EP electronic board must be in the bottom left-hand cornerwhen reinstalling (002 Fig. 32, Pos. 2 and 3).

Fig. 32

1 Retainers2 Notch3 EP electronic

A Snap the EP electronic (002 Fig. 32, Pos. 3) into its retainers (002 Fig. 32,Pos. 1).

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-63

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 179: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.13 Control (EPB/EPZ) Electronic (N1-2) with Casing Removal

A Moving the Lift Panel into the Service Position, 002 4.26.

A Switch the appliance off.x

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lift Panel and Drive (A11) Removal, 002 4.10.x

Warning!

Damage from static discharge.

Before working on the electronic, touch the appliance chassis to eliminate anystatic discharge.

Fig. 33: EPB/EPZ Electronic Components

1 Display2 Touchscreen zero-insertion force (ZIF) plug feed-through3 Display ZIF plug feed-through4 Casing5 EPB/EPZ electronic6 EP electronic

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-64 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 180: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 34: EPB/EPZ Electronic with Casing

1 Display ZIF plug2 Touchscreen ZIF plug3 Casingx

Fig. 35

A Open the touchscreen zero-insertion force (ZIF) plug adapter.

A Remove the touchscreen ZIF plug from the adapter.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-65

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 181: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Notex

Fig. 36

Start on the left side. While releasing the EPB/EPZ electronic as describedbelow, simultaneously pull up on the electronic by hand or use a lid opener togently lever it upward (002 Fig. 36).

Fig. 37

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-66 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 182: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Fig. 38

A Press in on the retainers (002 Fig. 37, Pos. 1/002 Fig. 38, Pos. 1) using a smallflathead screwdriver or squeeze the retainers together using needlenosepliers.

A Carefully release and remove the EPB/EPZ electronic with casing from the liftpanel.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-67

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 183: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.14 EPB/EPZ Electronic (N1-2) Disassembly

A Control (EPB/EPZ) Electronic (N1-2) with Casing Removal, 002 4.13.x

Warning!

Damage from static discharge.

Before working on the electronic, touch the appliance chassis to eliminate anystatic discharge.

Fig. 39: EPB/EPZ Electronic Components

1 EPB/EPZ electronic board2 Touchscreen zero-insertion force (ZIF) plug feed-through3 Display ZIF plug feed-through4 Casing5 Display with touchscreen6 EP electronic boardx

Fig. 40: EPB/EPZ Electronic with Casing

1 Display ZIF plug

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-68 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 184: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2 Touchscreen ZIF plug3 Casing

A EP Electronic (N1-4) Removal, 002 4.11.x

Fig. 41

A Open the touchscreen zero-insertion force (ZIF) plug adapter.

A Remove the touchscreen ZIF plug from the adapter.x

Fig. 42

A Open the touchscreen zero-insertion force (ZIF) plug adapter (see 002 Fig.42).

A Remove the touchscreen ZIF plug from the adapter.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-69

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 185: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 43

A Release the retainers (002 Fig. 43, Pos. 1) securing the EPB/EPZ electronic(002 Fig. 43, Pos. 2) to its casing.

A Remove the EPB/EPZ electronic from its casing.

4.15 Touchscreen Removal

A Moving the Lift Panel into the Service Position, 002 4.26.

A Switch the appliance off.x

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lift Panel and Drive (A11) Removal, 002 4.10.

A EP Electronic (N1-4) Removal, 002 4.11.

A Control (EPB/EPZ) Electronic (N1-2) with Casing Removal, 002 4.13.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-70 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 186: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 44

A Open the touchscreen zero-insertion force (ZIF) plug adapter (see 002 Fig.44).

A Remove the touchscreen ZIF plug from the adapter.x

Fig. 45

A Unsnap the touchscreen from its retainers (see 002 Fig. 45).

A Take off the touchscreen.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-71

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 187: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.16 Touchscreen Installationx

Note

Before installing the touchscreen, check for dirt or fingerprints and clean asnecessary.

Warning!

Damage from static discharge.

Before working on the electronic, touch the appliance chassis to eliminate anystatic discharge.

Fig. 46

A Feed the touchscreen ZIF plug through the openings on the control electronic(see 002 Fig. 46).

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-72 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 188: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 47

A Snap the touchscreen into the holders on the casing (002 Fig. 47).x

Fig. 48

A Insert the touchscreen ZIF plug carefully under the retainer in the adapter(see 002 Fig. 48).

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-73

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 189: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Notex

Fig. 49

Insert the ZIF plug in the adapter so that its side tabs rest in the notches in theadapter (see 002 Fig. 49).

A Fold down the retainer on the adapter.

4.17 EPB/EPZ Electronic (N1-2) Reassemblyx

Warning!

Dust and dirt can cause damage.

When reinstalling, make sure that the ZIF socket and plug are free of dirt, dustand foreign objects!

Fig. 50

A Feed the touchscreen ZIF plug through the opening on the EPB/EPZelectronic (see 002 Fig. 50).

A Snap the control electronic into the retainers on the casing.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-74 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 190: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 51

A Insert the touchscreen ZIF plug carefully under the retainer in the adapter(see 002 Fig. 51).

x

Notex

Fig. 52

Insert the ZIF plug in the adapter so that its side tabs rest in the notches in theadapter (see 002 Fig. 52).

A Fold down the retainer on the adapter.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-75

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 191: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.18 Selection (EW) Electronic (2N1-3) Removal

A Moving the Lift Panel into the Service Position, 002 4.26.

A Switch the appliance off.x

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lift Panel and Drive (A11) Removal, 002 4.10.x

Warning!

Damage from static discharge.

Before working on the electronic, touch the appliance chassis to eliminate anystatic discharge.

Fig. 53

1 Casing2 Selection (EW) electronic

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-76 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 192: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 54

A Using needlenose pliers, squeeze together the retainers (002 Fig. 54, Pos. 1)securing the selection electronic (002 Fig. 54, Pos. 2) to its casing.

A Pull the selection electronic upward to remove it from its casing.

4.19 Power (ELP) Electronic (N1-1) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Disconnect all connections from the ELP electronic.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-77

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 193: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Remove the T20 screw securing the electronic's plastic mounting bracket tothe E-box.

A Release and remove the ELP electronic with bracket from the E-box.

4.20 Roast Probe (EPI) Electronic (N1-6) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Disconnect all connections from the roast probe electronic.

A Using needlenose pliers, squeeze the electronic board's retainer together andseparate the roast probe electronic from the power electronic.

A Disconnect the roast probe antenna from the roast probe electronic.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-78 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 194: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.21 Rotisserie Motor (M15) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the rotisserie motor.

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the rotisserie motor to the outside rearwall.

A Pull the rotisserie motor out through the back of the appliance.

4.22 Cavity Temperature Sensor (R30-10) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-79

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 195: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the temperature sensor to the outerrear wall.

A Slide the temperature sensor out through the back of the appliance.

A Disconnect the temperature sensor from the power electronic.

4.23 Wireless Roast Probe Programmingx

Notex

Fig. 55

Each wireless roast probe (002 Fig. 55, Pos. 1) is categorized into a sensorgroup. This sensor group coding is engraved on the shaft (002 Fig. 55, Pos. 2)of the wireless roast probe, and must be selected and saved in customerprogramming mode under Roast probe. See Customer Programming, 002 4.1.x

Fig. 56

1 Sensor type2 Sensor frequency group3 Year code4 Calendar week5 Serial number

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-80 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 196: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.24 Wireless Roast Probe Signal Test

Fig. 57

1 Wireless roast probe2 Coffee cup3 Cookie sheet

A Insert a cookie sheet on the bottom rack.

A Place a standard, tall coffee cup with handle in the center of the cookie sheet.x

Note

Do not use a short coffee cup, as the roast probe will fall out.

A Lay the roast probe diagonally in the coffee cup with its handle pointing upand to the right.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-81

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 197: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Note

If only the transmitting phase of the roast probe thermometer is to be measured,it is not necessary to fill the coffee cup with water.

A Select a cooking program and set the roast probe temperature.

A Start the program.x

Note

The MDU/ELP display reads:

Status: Signal OK

Transmission: Signal OK

A If Signal OK is not displayed for the status and/or transmission, check/testthe individual components and replace them as necessary.

4.25 Wireless Roast Probe Check

A Open the door.

A Remove accessories (e.g., cookie sheets) from the cavity.x

Note

Use water with a temperature of approx. 68°F for the test.

A Fill a heat-resistant glass with 200mL water.

A Place the filled glass on the cavity floor.

A Place the wireless roast probe at an angle in the glass.

A Select Convection plus with settings Temperature: 100°C / Coretemperature: 50 °C and start it.

A Wait until the display shows Program finished.

A Check the core temperature with a digital thermometer or the Safetytest MPTtest instrument.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-82 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 198: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.26 Moving the Lift Panel into the Service Positionx

Note

If the lift panel drive or control electronic is defective, the lift panel can be pulledout by hand.

A Press and hold the Lift Panel touchpad for 10 s.

A Release the Lift Panel touchpad.

A Briefly press the Lift Panel touchpad 3x and immediately release on the 3rdtime.

x

Notex

Fig. 58

Lift panel moves into the service position.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-83

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 199: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.27 Terminal Block Removal

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-84 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 200: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Notex

Fig. 59

When disconnecting the electrical connections, hold the terminal block steadywith a flathead screwdriver (002 Fig. 59).

Otherwise, the flat plugs will be bent when disconnecting the electricalconnections.

A Disconnect all wiring from the terminal block, using needlenose pliers asnecessary.

x

Note

The terminal block can only be removed after removing the T20 screw securingthe ground wire.

A Loosen the T20 screws securing the power leads to the terminal block.

A Release the power leads from the terminal block.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-85

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 201: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 60

Note

002 Fig. 60 should be rotated ninety degrees counterclockwise.

A Squeeze the top and bottom retainers on the terminal block (002 Fig. 60, Pos.1) together while sliding the terminal block to the left to release it from itsmounting bracket (002 Fig. 60, Pos. 2).

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-86 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 202: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.28 Terminal Block Installationx

Notex

Fig. 61

The guide tab (002 Fig. 61, Pos. 3) for the grounding bracket (002 Fig. 61, Pos.1) is on the underside of the terminal block (002 Fig. 61, Pos. 2) near the groundterminal.

A Install the terminal block on the guide tab on the grounding bracket, and thenpush the terminal block to the right until it clicks into place.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-87

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 203: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Notex

Fig. 62

002 Fig. 62 should be rotated ninety degrees counterclockwise.

The grounding tab on the mounting bracket must be completely inside theground terminal on the terminal block after the terminal block is installed (see002 Fig. 62, Pos. 1).

4.29 Interference Suppression Capacitor Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the terminal block cover plate (refer to001 Fig. 4, Pos. 5, if necessary). Take off the terminal block cover plate.

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the interference suppressioncapacitor.

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-88 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 204: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Remove the 13mm nut securing the capacitor to the terminal block mountingbracket.

A Remove the capacitor from the terminal block mounting bracket.

4.30 Switch Knob Base with Circuit Board Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Remove the 2 T20 screws securing the appropriate switch knob base to theback of the fascia panel.

x

Note

Hold the base securely!

A From the front of the fascia panel, insert a small flathead screwdriver into theopening in the base's white plastic piece and push the screwdriver clockwiseuntil the white plastic piece disengages from the chrome trim. Separate thewhite plastic piece from the chrome trim.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 002-89

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 205: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Descriptive Technical Documentation002-90 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 206: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

003 Oven Casing

4 Service

4.1 Rear Cover Panel Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 003-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 207: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 1: Similar Illustration

A Remove the T20 screw securing the intermediate cover plate (003 Fig. 1, Pos.9); unclip this cover plate and release it from the rear cover panel.

A Remove the T20 screw securing the pipe cover plate (003 Fig. 1, Pos. 11);release this cover plate from the rear cover panel.

A Remove the elevenT20 screws securing the rear cover panel (003 Fig. 1,Pos. 1). Note: The above illustration shows only eight screws securing thecover panel; however, there is an additional screw on the left side of the paneland two additional screws underneath the intermediate cover plate that willalso have to be removed.

A Take off the rear cover panel (003 Fig. 1, Pos. 2).

Descriptive Technical Documentation003-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 208: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.2 Outside Rear Panel Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the terminal block cover plate (003 Fig.1, Pos. 5).

A Take off the terminal block cover plate (003 Fig. 1, Pos. 6).

A Remove the sevenT20 screws securing the outside rear panel (003 Fig. 1,Pos. 7).

A Take off the outside rear panel (003 Fig. 1, Pos. 8).

4.3 Left/Right Side Panel Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 003-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 209: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.x

Fig. 2

A Remove the T20 screws securing the appropriate side panel (003 Fig. 2, Pos.1 and 2).

Descriptive Technical Documentation003-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 210: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 3

A Pull the rear of the appropriate side panel outward (003 Fig. 3, 1.), then pullthe panel forward (toward the front of the appliance) (003 Fig. 3, 2.) to removeit.

4.4 Inner Left/Right Side Panel Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 003-5

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 211: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.

A Left/Right Side Panel Removal, 003 4.3.x

Notex

Fig. 4

When removing the left inner side panel (viewed from the front), remove oneadditional mounting-bracket screw (003 Fig. 4, Pos. 1).

Descriptive Technical Documentation003-6 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 212: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

Fig. 5

A Remove the T20 screws (003 Fig. 5, Pos. 1) securing the appropriate innerside panel (003 Fig. 5, Pos. 2).

A Release the appropriate cavity light wiring.

A Disconnect the ground wire from the cavity light.

A Take off the inner side panel (003 Fig. 5, Pos. 2).

4.5 Fascia Panel Removal

A Moving the Lift Panel into the Service Position, 002 4.26.

A Switch the appliance off.x

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 003-7

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 213: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.x

Fig. 6

1 Fascia panel screws2 Fascia panel3 Lift-panel drive connection4 Lift-panel drive5 ELP electronic6 EPB/EPZ electronic — ELP electronic wiring harness7 Loudspeaker screws8 Loudspeaker

A Disconnect the wiring harness from the lift-panel drive (003 Fig. 6, Pos. 3 and4).

A Disconnect the EPB/EPZ electronic — ELP electronic wiring harness (003Fig. 6, Pos. 6).

Descriptive Technical Documentation003-8 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 214: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the loudspeaker (003 Fig. 6, Pos.8) and switch knobs.

A Cut zip ties or release cable clips as necessary.

A Remove the four T20 screws securing the fascia panel to the E-box (003 Fig.6, Pos. 1).

A Remove the fascia panel from the E-box.

A Remove the lift panel; see Lift Panel and Drive (A11) Removal, 002 4.10.

4.6 Catalyzer Insert (Wire Mesh) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Left/Right Side Panel Removal, 003 4.3.

A Inner Left/Right Side Panel Removal, 003 4.4.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 003-9

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 215: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 7

A Push the hose clamp (003 Fig. 7, Pos. 7) onto the connection hose (003 Fig.7, Pos. 6).

Descriptive Technical Documentation003-10 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 216: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 8

A Remove the six T20 screws (003 Fig. 8, Pos. 1) securing the E-box (003 Fig.8, Pos. 2).

A Slide the E-box back.

A Take off the insulation cover bracket.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 003-11

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 217: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 9: Similar Illustration

A Remove the three T20 screws (003 Fig. 9, Pos. 1) securing the vapor outlet tothe ceiling of the oven cavity.

x

Fig. 10

1 Outer filter2 Holder #23 Catalyzer element4 Wire mesh5 Holder #16 Vapor outlet

A Carefully lever the outer filter (003 Fig. 10, Pos. 1) out of the vapor outlet (003Fig. 10, Pos. 6).

A Remove the catalyzer element (003 Fig. 10, Pos. 3).

Descriptive Technical Documentation003-12 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 218: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Remove holder #2 (003 Fig. 10, Pos. 2).

A Remove the wire mesh (003 Fig. 10, Pos. 4).

4.7 Cavity Seal Removal

A Open the door.

A Remove the cavity seal from its groove in the oven cavity.x

Fig. 11

A Using a lid opener, lever the cavity seal retaining clips (arrows, 003 Fig. 11,Pos. 3) out of the groove.

A Take off the cavity seal (003 Fig. 11, Pos. 1).

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 003-13

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 219: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.8 Runner Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Open the door; if necessary, Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove the thumbnut securing the appropriate runner.

A Pull the runner away from the side panel and out of the oven cavity.

4.9 Enameled Cavity Back Panel Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Open the door; if necessary, Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Runner Removal, 003 4.8.

A Remove the four T20 screws securing the cavity back panel.

A Remove the back panel out through the cavity.

Descriptive Technical Documentation003-14 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 220: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

004 Oven Door

2 Function

2.1 Door Lock - Self-Clean

2.1.1 Description

The lock latch is driven by the door lock motor. A relay is used to supply voltage tothe door lock motor. The relay can activate the door lock motor in any operatingmode. Detection of the locked and unlocked states is done via 2 switches (see004 2.1.2 Door Lock Switches).

The door lock requires a maximum activation time (see 004 2.1.3 Door LockClosing Times) to switch from a locked to an unlocked state or vice versa. Afterthe correct state is detected, the relay is switched off immediately. If the relaywere always on, the door lock would constantly be switched back and forthbetween the locked and unlocked states.

2.1.2 Door Lock Switches

Door lock switch (S78):

Switching function: Changeover contact

Signals the door locked state (this state is checked by the PEC (protectiveelectronic circuit) software).x

Door lock locked

Door lock switch activated Contact 1–2 open

Contact 1–4 closed

Table 1

Door lock unlocked

Door lock switch not activated Contact 1–2 closed

Contact 1–4 open

Table 2

Position switch (S60):

Switching function: Opener

Switching function: Normally closed contact

Signals the door unlocked state (this state is checked by the function software).x

Door lock unlocked

Position switch activated Contact 1–2 open

Table 3

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 221: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.1.3 Door Lock Closing Times

Closing times have been established for the various latch position changes. Theclosing times depend on the speed of the door lock motor.x

Closing time for state Door unlocked –Door lockedmax. 60 s

Closing time for state Door locked –Door unlocked

Deceleration (run-on) time of door lock motor after detecting the door locked stateapprox. 1 s

Deceleration time of door lock motor after detecting the door unlocked state

Table 4

2.1.4 Door Lock Function

Door is locked:

Prerequisite: The door is completely closed, but not locked.

Door contact switch (if available) is checked. If an open door is detected, themessage Please close the door (or similar, depending on model) will bedisplayed.x

Fig. 1

1 Lock latch2 Position switch

The lock latch (004 Fig. 1, Pos. 1) is in the start position.

The position switch (004 Fig. 1, Pos. 2) is pressed in this state, and is thusactivated with 12 volts. The actuated position switch signals the door unlockedstate to the electronic.

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 222: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 2

1 Lock latch2 Door lock switch

Prerequisite: Self-clean mode is selected.

The lock latch (004 Fig. 2, Pos. 1) moves to the stop position.

The lock latch pulls the door against the cavity via an opening in the door innerpanel. The lock latch also pushes the door lock switch (004 Fig. 2, Pos. 2) into thestop position. This process takes about 60 seconds. If contact 1–4 on the doorlock switch is detected as closed, the door lock motor will decelerate for approx. 1second and then stop. The door lock switch will signal the door locked state tothe electronic.

The door contact switch (if available) is no longer queried. After the self-cleanprogram has finished the door will unlock automatically.

Door is unlocked:

The door lock motor is activated for 60 seconds. If contact 1–2 of the positionswitch is detected as open, the door lock motor will decelerate for approx. 1second and then stop.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 223: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

3 Fault Repair

3.1 Door is Dirty after Self-Clean

Cause

Depending on the level of soiling, the door might be dirty after self-clean.

Remedy

A Clean the door.x

Note

Wipe off any residue with a dishcloth, a glass scraper or a stainless-steel spiralpad (e.g., Spontex Spirinett) and hand soap; see the “Cleaning and Care”section in the operating instructions.

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 224: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4 Service

4.1 Door Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Open the door fully.x

Fig. 3

A Flip up the locking tabs on both hinges (004 Fig. 3).

A Slowly begin to shut the door until the locking tabs stop the door.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-5

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 225: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 4

A Pull the door upward to remove (004 Fig. 4).

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-6 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 226: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.2 Door Installationx

Fig. 5

A Install the door equally on both hinges (004 Fig. 5).

A Open the door completely.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-7

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 227: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 6

A Flip the locking tabs on the hinges down so that they hook into the door (004Fig. 6).

A Close the door.

4.3 Hinge Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Take off the splash guard.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-8 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 228: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 7: Similar Illustration

A Remove the twoT20 screws (004 Fig. 7, Pos. 1) securing the appropriatehinge (004 Fig. 7, Pos. 2).

A Slide the hinge out through the front of the appliance.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-9

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 229: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.4 Guide Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lay the door facedown on a flat, clean surface.x

Fig. 8

A Remove the twoT20 screws (004 Fig. 8, Pos. 1) securing the appropriateguide (004 Fig. 8, Pos. 2).

A Take off the guide(s).

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-10 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 230: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.5 Door Inner Panel Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lay the door facedown on a flat, clean surface.

A Guide Removal, 004 4.4.x

Fig. 9: Similar Illustration

A Grasp the top of the inner panel (004 Fig. 9, Pos. 1) and pull it off and thendown, in the direction of the arrow.

A Take off the inner panel.

A Outer Glass Pane Removal, 004 4.7.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-11

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 231: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.6 Door Inner Panel Installationx

Notex

Fig. 10

When reassembling, the hooks on the door outer panel must be fully inserted intheir holders on the door inner panel (004 Fig. 10).

Fig. 11

A Carefully press the door inner panel (004 Fig. 11, Pos. 1) onto the door outerpanel in the direction of the arrow.

A Insert the guides.

A If necessary, carefully press the door inner panel down.

A Insert the guide screws.

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-12 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 232: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.7 Outer Glass Pane Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lay the door facedown on a flat, clean surface.

A Guide Removal, 004 4.4.

A Door Inner Panel Removal, 004 4.5.x

Fig. 12

A Remove the T20 screws (004 Fig. 12, Pos. 1) securing the mounting brackets.

A Take off the mounting brackets.

A Take off the outer glass pane.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-13

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 233: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.8 Outer Glass Pane Installation

A Install the outer glass pane.

A Install the mounting brackets.x

Fig. 13

A Install the T20 screws (004 Fig. 13, Pos. 1).

4.9 Inner Glass Pane Removal

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.x

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lay the door facedown on a flat, clean surface.

A Guide Removal, 004 4.4.

A Door Inner Panel Removal, 004 4.5.

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-14 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 234: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 14

A Remove the inner glass panes (004 Fig. 14, Pos. 1).

4.10 Inner Glass Pane Installationx

Note

The inner glass panes are treated on one side with a metal oxide coating. Thetreated side can be identified via a resistance test.x

Fig. 15

The treated sides must be facing toward the cavity (004 Fig. 15, Pos. 1).

A Insert spacers between the inner glass panes.

A Door Inner Panel Installation, 004 4.6.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-15

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 235: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.11 Door Handle Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lay the door facedown on a flat, clean surface.

A Guide Removal, 004 4.4.

A Door Inner Panel Removal, 004 4.5.

A Inner Glass Pane Removal, 004 4.9.

A Hold the door handle securely.x

Fig. 16

A Remove the twoT20 screws (004 Fig. 16, Pos. 2) securing the door handle.

A Take off the door handle.

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-16 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 236: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.12 Outer Panel Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lay the door facedown on a flat, clean surface.

A Guide Removal, 004 4.4.

A Door Inner Panel Removal, 004 4.5.

A Inner Glass Pane Removal, 004 4.9.

A Door Handle Removal, 004 4.11.

4.13 Inner Door Seal Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Lay the door facedown on a flat, clean surface.

A Guide Removal, 004 4.4.

A Door Inner Panel Removal, 004 4.5.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-17

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 237: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 17

Note

When reinstalling, the inner door seal must be seated correctly.

A Remove the inner door seal (004 Fig. 17, Pos. 2).

4.14 Door Lock (A2) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-18 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 238: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the door lock components.x

Fig. 18: Similar Illustration

A Remove the screws securing the door lock (004 Fig. 18, Pos. 1 and 2).

A Remove the door lock.

4.15 Door Lock Switch (S78) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-19

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 239: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.

A Door Lock (A2) Removal, 004 4.14.

A Disconnect the electrical connections from the door lock switch.x

Fig. 19

A Remove the Phillips screw (004 Fig. 19, Pos. 1) securing the door lock switch(004 Fig. 19, Pos. 2).

A Remove the door lock switch.

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-20 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 240: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.16 Position Switch (S60) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.

A Door Lock (A2) Removal, 004 4.14.

A Disconnect the electrical connections from the position switch.x

Fig. 20

A Remove the screw (004 Fig. 20, Pos. 1) securing the position switch (004 Fig.20, Pos. 2).

A Take off the position switch (004 Fig. 20, Pos. 1).

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 004-21

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 241: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.17 Door Contact Switch (S24) with Holder Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.

A Disconnect the electrical connections from the door contact switch.x

Fig. 21

A Release and remove the door contact switch with holder (004 Fig. 21, Pos. 1).

Descriptive Technical Documentation004-22 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 242: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

005 Oven Ducting

2 Function

2.1 Cooling Fan

2.1.1 General Information

The cooling fan has the following functions:

– Cooling the appliance, its cabinet and its electronics

– Regulating the amount of moisture in the cavity.

The cooling fan can operate at three different speeds:

– Self-clean (high) speed

– Normal (medium) speed

– Cooldown (low) speed

and is activated automatically or manually depending on the operating mode. Arelay is used to switch among fan speeds. Depending on the relay's switchingstate, voltage will be applied to different windings on the cooling-fan motor andthis will affect the speed of the fan.

2.1.2 Normal Operation

After selecting a cooking program, the cooling fan will start running at normal(medium) speed. After heat-up and program end, the cooling fan will switch tocooldown (low) speed.

2.1.3 Automatic Operation

For Automatic programs, cooling-fan activation is program-specific and writteninto the power electronic's software. The cooling fan must operate with theparameters for the selected programs in accordance with the Automatic table.

2.1.4 Self-Clean

See 002 2.3.6 Cooling Fan during Self-Clean.

2.1.5 Cooldown

The cooling fan's cooldown feature can be used in two ways. The customer canselect the method using the Settings menu.

Temperature-controlled:

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 005-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 243: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

In this mode, the temperature in the center of the oven cavity is measured by thecavity temperature sensor to determine whether and at what speed the coolingfan should be operated. If the cavity temperature is higher than 167°F, the coolingfan will run at nominal cooldown speed. Once the temperature in the center of theoven cavity drops below 158°F, the cooling fan will switch off.

Time-controlled:

The cooling fan will run for 20 minutes at nominal cooldown speed. As soon asthe temperature in the center of the oven cavity drops below 158°F, the coolingfan will switch off.

2.1.6 End of Microwave Program

After the end of a microwave program (without Combi operation) the cooling fanwill run at normal (medium) speed until the door is opened. When the door isopened, the cooling fan will switch to cooldown (low) speed. 2 minutes after dooropening, the cooling fan will switch off. If the door is not opened, the cooling fanwill continue to run at normal (medium) speed until the appliance switches tostandby mode.

2.1.7 Sabbath Mode

If Sabbath mode is active, the cooling fan will operate as follows:

– If the cooling fan was on before opening the door, it will stay on after the dooris closed again.

– If the cooling fan was off before opening the door, it will stay off after the dooris closed again.

2.1.8 Cooling-Fan Monitoring

The cooling fan's speed is monitored via a Hall sensor. If its speed is at least 500rpm, then it will register as “rotating”. If its speed is below 200 rpm, then it willregister as “not rotating“. If this “not rotating” state lasts longer than 5 seconds,then a fault will be logged in the fault memory.

Descriptive Technical Documentation005-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 244: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4 Service

4.1 Convection Fan Impeller Removal

A Switch the appliance off.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Runner Removal, 003 4.8.

A Enameled Cavity Back Panel Removal, 003 4.9.x

Note

The nut securing the left impeller has left-hand threading.

The nut securing the right impeller has right-hand threading.

A Remove the 10mm nut securing the appropriate impeller.

A Take off the impeller.

4.2 Convection Fan Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Runner Removal, 003 4.8.

A Enameled Cavity Back Panel Removal, 003 4.9.

A Convection Fan Impeller Removal, 005 4.1.

A Disconnect the electrical connections from the appropriate convection fan.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 005-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 245: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Remove the three T20 screws securing the convection fan to the oven backwall.

A Remove the convection fan out through the back of the oven.x

Note

The convection fans have different rotational directions:x

Fig. 1

When installing the new convection fan, make sure that the rotational direction iscorrect (005 Fig. 1).

4.3 Left/Right Cooling Fan Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

Descriptive Technical Documentation005-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 246: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Disconnect the electrical connections from the appropriate cooling fan.

A Remove the five T20 screws securing the perimeter of the cooling-fanassembly to the E-box.

A Remove the cooling fan from the E-box.

4.4 Left/Right Top Air Guide Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the top air guide in front of the coolingfan.

A Lift the top air guide away from the E-box, then slide it back and out of thefascia panel.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 005-5

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 247: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.5 Cooling-Air Temperature Limiter (F1-7) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Disconnect the electrical connections from the cooling-air temperature limiter.

A Remove the T20 screw securing the cooling-air temperature limiter to the E-box.

A Remove the cooling-air temperature limiter from the E-box.

4.6 Release Element (Y56) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

Descriptive Technical Documentation005-6 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 248: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the release element.

A Remove the T20 screw securing the release element mounting bracket to theE-box.

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the release element to the mountingbracket; separate the release element from the mounting bracket.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 005-7

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 249: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

006 Oven Heating System

4 Service

4.1 Convection Element (1R14/2R14) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Disconnect the wiring from the appropriate convection element.

A Runner Removal, 003 4.8.

A Enameled Cavity Back Panel Removal, 003 4.9.

A Remove the three T20 screws securing the convection element to the ovenback wall.

x

Warning!

Do not use excessive force, as otherwise this could damage other componentson the back panel.

A Pull the appropriate convection element carefully out of the cavity.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 006-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 250: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.2 Top Heater/Broil Element (R13/R15) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Disconnect the wiring from the top heater/broil element on the outside of theoven back wall.

A Runner Removal, 003 4.8.

A Enameled Cavity Back Panel Removal, 003 4.9.

A Unscrew the two 10mm nuts securing the top heater/broil element to thecavity ceiling.

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the top heater/broil element to thecavity rear wall.

x

Warning!

Do not use excessive force, as otherwise this could damage other componentson the back panel.

A Pull the top heater/broil element carefully out of the cavity.

Descriptive Technical Documentation006-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 251: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4.3 Bottom Heater Element (R12-1/R12-2) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Take off the splash guard.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Left/Right Side Panel Removal, 003 4.3.

A Inner Left/Right Side Panel Removal, 003 4.4.

A Fascia Panel Removal, 003 4.5.x

Fig. 1

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 006-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 252: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Remove the twoT20 screws securing the bottom heater element (006 Fig. 1,Pos. 1).

A Disconnect the wiring from the bottom heater element.x

Warning!

Danger of cuts and/or crushing!

When tipping the oven, the technicians should be positioned at the sides of theappliance.x

Fig. 2

To hold the oven in the tipped position, slide pieces of plywood under the leftand right sides (see 006 Fig. 2).

The plywood must be in perfect shape (no cracks, etc.)!

A Tip the appliance forward carefully.

A Carefully press the bottom heater element (006 Fig. 2, Pos. 2) downward.

A Remove the bottom heater element from the appliance.

Descriptive Technical Documentation006-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 253: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

007 Oven Steam System

2 Function

2.1 Moisture Plus

2.1.1 Component Information

2.1.1.1 Inlet Valve (Y63)

The inlet valve is a double solenoid used to feed water into the appliance. Theinlet valve contains a flow meter that has a flow rate of one liter per minute. Theflow meter will try to equalize any fluctuations in water pressure. For moreinformation, see C Table 23.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 007-1

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 254: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.1.1.2 Steam Generator Temperature Limiter (B2-16)

The steam generator temperature limiter (B2-16) has the following function:

1. Detects the conditionsWater tank full andWater tank empty via differenttemperatures.

2.1.1.3 Steam Generator Fuse (F8-1)

The steam generator fuse (F8-1) has the following function:

1. Protects the steam generator from overheating. If the water tank is empty, theheaters will be heated to an impermissibly high temperature. This will trip thesteam generator fuse (F8-1) and switch off the steam generator. If the steamgenerator fuse (F8-1) faults out, it must be replaced. This fuse alsosupplements the protective electronic circuit. If there is an appliance fault, thefuse will protect the steam generator heater from too-high temperatures.

2.1.2 Schematicx

Fig. 1

1 Inlet valve (Y63)2 Intake relay 13 Intake relay 24 Control relay5 Function microprocessor6 Steam generator temperature limiter (B2-16)7 Fuse (F8-1)8 Safety microprocessor9 Safety relay

Descriptive Technical Documentation007-2 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 255: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.1.3 Safety Circuitry

2.1.3.1 Steam Generator

The steam generator must be protected from damage if there is an appliancefault, such as unchecked heating without water (boiling-dry). This fault can occurfor example with a defective steam generator temperature limiter (B2-16). Whenthis fault occurs, the steam generator will be disconnected from power. This isdone via the control relay (007 Fig. 1, Pos. 4) and the safety relay (007 Fig. 1, Pos.9) on the power electronic. Both relays are supplied with a voltage of 12 volts viathe safety circuitry of the appliance.

2.1.3.2 Water Intake

The inlet valve prevents water from flowing into the appliance. When theappliance is switched off, all relays are also switched off. When the appliance isswitched on, the safety relay inside the safety microprocessor is also switched on,as long as the appliance self-test was successful. The safety microprocessor’s(007 Fig. 1, Pos. 8) software communicates with the function microprocessor’s(007 Fig. 1, Pos. 5) software. If communication is faulty or nonexistent, the safetymicroprocessor (007 Fig. 1, Pos. 8) will switch off the safety relay (007 Fig. 1, Pos.9). The inlet valve is controlled by the function microprocessor via twoindependent outputs. This prevents both valves from opening in case of ahardware fault.

2.1.4 Moisture Plus Program Sequence

2.1.4.1 Filling the Water Tank

Small water amounts:

For a small water amount, the total quantity is fed into the water tank at the start ofuse.

Large water amounts:

With larger water amounts, the tank will be filled multiple times as water isneeded. Before each filling, the estimated required water quantity is recalculated.Tank filling is repeated until water is no longer needed by the system.

2.1.4.2 Steam Profiles

A steam profile consists of one or more bursts of steam. This option is availableonly for Moisture plus.

Fundamentally there is a difference between manual operation and automaticprogram operation.

Manual operation:

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 007-3

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 256: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Note

For Premium models, the Moisture plus mode is listed as a special functionwith multiple sublevels.

After selecting Moisture plus, the user can set the desired number of steambursts.

– 1-3 manual steam bursts:

The first steam burst can be released directly into the cold oven cavity afterprogram start. The second and third steam bursts will be released after cavitytemperature has reached 266°F (130°C)

– 1 automatic steam burst:

The automatic steam burst will be released after the set target temperaturehas been reached.

The active steam phase is indicated in the display. The steam phase can beinterrupted at any time. If an Automatic program is interrupted, there will be anoption for evaporating the residual water; see 007 2.1.5 Residual WaterEvaporation. The user will have the option to evaporate the residual water orrestart the program.

Automatic program operation:

Steam bursts are integrated into the program sequence for Automatic programsand can be modified within certain limits. Intensity, duration and instance of steamburst(s) are fixed parameters in Automatic programs, as well as whether therespective heaters are switched on or off during the active steam phase.

Residual water evaporation is carried out at the end of the Automatic program, inthe final step; see 007 2.1.5 Residual Water Evaporation.

If residual water evaporation has reached its last step before theWater tankempty state is detected, then evaporation will be aborted and the Automaticprogram terminated, after which there will again be an option for residual waterevaporation; see 007 2.1.5 Residual Water Evaporation.

2.1.5 Residual Water Evaporation

2.1.5.1 General Information for Residual Water Evaporation

The residual water evaporation should be carried out when there is still residualwater in the steam system. For a typical Automatic program or the manualMoisture plus mode there should be no residual water in the steam systembecause the final steam burst will run until the steam system registers an emptywater tank. The duration of this steam burst is not limited.

The following issues can lead to residual water in the steam system:

Descriptive Technical Documentation007-4 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 257: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

– A Moisture plus or MasterChef Plus program was interrupted.

– Residual water evaporation was skipped.

– A Moisture plus or MasterChef Plus program was not continued after a powerfailure.

The user has the option to interrupt or skip residual water evaporation; see 0072.1.5.7 Canceling or Skipping Residual Water Evaporation.

2.1.5.2 Cavity Heating

During the residual water evaporation, the cavity is heated to 482°F (250°C) viaMoisture plus without rapid heat-up. After theWater tank empty state has beenregistered, the electronic switches into Intensive mode (depending on model) for2 minutes. If Intensive is not available, the machine will remain in Moisture plusmode without rapid heat-up for 2 additional minutes.

2.1.5.3 Steam Generator Control

The steam generator is continuously on during the residual water evaporation. Itshuts off 2 minutes after theWater tank empty state has been registered.

2.1.5.4 Cooling-Fan Control

During residual water evaporation, the cooling fan runs at level 2 independently ofcavity middle temperature (GMT). This ensures that any steam is blown out of themachine.

2.1.5.5 Water Tank

The Water tank empty state is detected by the steam generator temperaturelimiter (B2-16). If this state is not detected within 45 minutes, residual waterevaporation is interrupted and fault F20 (F20 – Steam Generator Not Heating, 0023.3) displayed.

2.1.5.6 Air Flap Control

The air flap (if present) is open during residual water evaporation.

2.1.5.7 Canceling or Skipping Residual Water Evaporation

Residual water evaporation can be canceled. The procedure for canceling theresidual water evaporation depends on model.

Residual water evaporation can also be skipped. The procedure for skippingresidual water evaporation depends on model.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 007-5

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 258: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

2.1.6 Time-Left Display

2.1.6.1 General Time-Left Display Information

The displayed time left is generated from the electronic’s set parameters.Residual water evaporation is limited to 45 minutes.

2.1.7 Power Failure

A power failure will interrupt all “Plus” programs. An Automatic program cannot becontinued. If there is still residual water in the steam system, it must first beevaporated in order to start a new program.

Descriptive Technical Documentation007-6 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 259: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

4 Service

4.1 Steam Generator Fuse (F8-1) and Temperature Limiter (B2-16)Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the fuse and temperature limiter.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 007-7

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 260: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 2

Descriptive Technical Documentation007-8 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 261: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Remove the twoT20 screws (007 Fig. 2, Pos. 1) securing the steam generatorfuse/temperature limiter assembly (007 Fig. 2, Pos. 2).

A Remove the steam generator fuse/temperature limiter assembly (007 Fig. 2,Pos. 2).

4.2 Water Tank Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 007-9

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 262: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 3

A Remove the twoT20 screws (007 Fig. 3, Pos. 1) securing the steam generator(007 Fig. 3, Pos. 2).

A Slide the hose clamp (007 Fig. 3, Pos. 7) off of the inlet valve and onto theconnection hose (007 Fig. 3, Pos. 6).

A Unhook the water tank (007 Fig. 3, Pos. 3) with steam generator (007 Fig. 3,Pos. 2) from the appliance rear wall.

A Slide the hose clamp (007 Fig. 3, Pos. 4) off of the water tank (007 Fig. 3,Pos. 3) and onto the connection hose (007 Fig. 3, Pos. 5).

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the steam generator (007 Fig. 3,Pos. 2).

Descriptive Technical Documentation007-10 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am

Page 263: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the steam generator fuse/temperature limiter (007 Fig. 3, Pos. 10).

A Remove the water tank (007 Fig. 3, Pos. 3) and steam generator (007 Fig. 3,Pos. 2) with connection hoses from the appliance.

A Empty any residual water into a bucket or beaker.

A Slide the hose clamps off of the water tank and onto the connection hoses.

A Take off the steam generator (007 Fig. 3, Pos. 2).

A Take off the connection hoses.

4.3 Steam Generator Removal

A See Water Tank Removal, 007 4.2.

4.4 Inlet Valve (Y63) Removalx

Note

The appliance door will be damaged if the appliance is lifted by the doorhandle!

Not following these instructions will lead to material damage!

When uninstalling the appliance, never remove it by the door handle.

A Door Removal, 004 4.1.

A Remove all accessories from the oven cavity.

A Remove the toekick.

A Removing the Appliance for Service, 002 4.4.

A Disconnect the appliance from the power supply.

A Rear Cover Panel Removal, 003 4.1.

A Outside Rear Panel Removal, 003 4.2.

A Cooktop Removal, 001 4.7.

A Disconnect all electrical connections from the inlet valve.

Descriptive Technical DocumentationDTD no. 22-1622 007-11

21.01.2015, US_am This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved.

Page 264: Model-dependent...Descriptive Technical Documentation - Model-dependent - DTD no. 22-1622 Model(s): HR 1622 [USA], HR 1622 [CAN], HR 1622 [MEX] 21.01.2015, US_am This information should

x

Fig. 4

A Slide the hose clamp (007 Fig. 4, Pos. 7) onto the connection hose (007 Fig.4, Pos. 6).

A Disconnect the connection hose (007 Fig. 4, Pos. 6) from the inlet valve.

A Unscrew the water connection (007 Fig. 4, Pos. 9) from the inlet valve (007Fig. 4, Pos. 8).

A Release and remove the inlet valve (007 Fig. 4, Pos. 8).

Descriptive Technical Documentation007-12 DTD no. 22-1622

This information should not be duplicated or passed on without Miele approval. All rights reserved. 21.01.2015, US_am